UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

[X]  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

or

[  ]  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission file number 000-19364
 

 
HEALTHWAYS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
62-1117144
(State or other jurisdiction of
 
(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
 
Identification No.)

701 Cool Springs Boulevard, Franklin, TN  37067
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

(615) 614-4929
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock - $.001 par value, and
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
 
related Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
   
   
 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes   ¨    No   x
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes   ¨    No   x

 
1

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes   x    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes    x    No    ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non- accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x      Non-accelerated filer   ¨     Smaller reporting company   ¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes   ¨    No   x

As of June 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $257.2 million based on the price at which the shares were last sold for such date on The NASDAQ Stock Market.

As of March 8, 2013, 34,113,451 shares of Common Stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
2

 

Healthways, Inc.
Form 10-K
Table of Contents


     
Page
Part I
     
 
Item 1.
Business
4
 
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
10
 
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
17
 
Item 2.
Properties
17
 
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
17
 
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
18
Part II
     
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder
 
   
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
19
 
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
21
 
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
 
   
Results of Operations
22
 
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
34
 
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
36
 
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
 
   
Financial Disclosure
64
 
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
64
 
Item 9B.
Other Information
64
Part III
     
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
65
 
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
65
 
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
65
 
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
65
 
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
66
Part IV
     
 
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
66


 
3

 

PART I.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Founded in 1981, Healthways, Inc. (“Healthways”) provides specialized, comprehensive solutions to help people improve their physical, emotional and social well-being, thereby improving their health and productivity and reducing their health-related costs.

We provide highly specific and personalized interventions for each individual in a population, irrespective of health status, age or payor.  We utilize predictive modeling capabilities to allow us to identify and stratify those participants who are most at risk for an adverse health event. Our evidence-based well-being improvement services are made available to consumers using a range of methods desired by an individual including venue-based face-to-face interactions; print; phone; mobile and remote devices; on-line; emerging modalities; and any combination thereof to motivate and sustain healthy behaviors.

In North America, our customers include health plans, employers, integrated healthcare systems, hospitals, physician groups, and government entities in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide services to commercial healthcare businesses and/or government entities in Brazil, Australia and France.  We operate domestic and international well-being improvement call centers staffed with licensed health professionals.  Our fitness center network encompasses approximately 15,000 U.S. locations.  We also maintain an extensive network of over 88,000 complementary, alternative and physical medicine practitioners, which offers convenient access to the significant number of individuals who seek health services outside of the traditional healthcare system.

Our guiding philosophy and approach to market is predicated on the fundamental belief that healthier people cost less and are more productive.  As described more fully below, our programs are designed to improve well-being by helping people adopt or maintain healthy behaviors, reduce health-related risk factors, and optimize their care for identified health conditions.

First, our programs are designed to help people adopt or maintain healthy behaviors by:

 
·
fostering wellness and disease prevention through total population screening, well-being assessments and supportive interventions; and
 
·
engaging people in our health improvement programs and networks, such as fitness, weight management, chiropractic, and complementary and alternative medicine.

Our prevention programs focus on education, physical fitness, health coaching, and behavior change techniques and support.  We believe this approach improves the well-being status of member populations and reduces the short- and long-term health-related costs for participants, including associated costs from the loss of employee productivity.

Second, our programs are designed to help people reduce health-related risk factors by:

 
·
promoting personal change and improvement in the lifestyle behaviors that lead to poor health or chronic conditions; and
 
·
providing educational materials and personal interactions with highly trained nurses and other healthcare professionals to create and sustain healthier behaviors for those individuals at-risk or in the early stages of chronic conditions.

We enable our customers to engage their covered populations through specific interactions that are sensitive to each individual’s health risks and needs. Our programs are designed to motivate people to make positive lifestyle changes and accomplish individual goals, such as increasing physical activity for seniors through the Healthways SilverSneakers® fitness solution, overcoming nicotine addiction through the QuitNet® on-line smoking cessation community, or generating sustainable weight-loss through our Innergy® solution.

Finally, our programs are designed to help people optimize care for identified health conditions by:

 
4

 
 
·
incorporating the latest, evidence-based clinical guidelines into interventions to optimize patient health outcomes;
 
·
developing care support plans and motivating members to set attainable goals for themselves;
 
·
providing local market resources to address acute episodic interventions;
 
·
coordinating members’ care with their healthcare providers;
 
·
providing software licensing and management consulting in support of well-being improvement services; and
 
·
providing high-risk care management for members at risk for hospitalization due to complex conditions.

Our approach is to use proprietary, analytic models to identify individuals who are likely to incur future high costs, including those who have specific gaps in care, and through evidence-based interventions drive adherence to proven standards of care, medication regimens and physicians’ plans of care to reduce disease progression and related medical spending.

We recognize that each individual plays a variety of roles in his or her pursuit of improved well-being, often simultaneously.  By providing the full spectrum of services to meet each individual’s needs, we believe our interventions can be delivered at scale and in a manner that reflects those unique needs over time.  We believe that real and sustainable behavior change generates measurable, long-term cost savings and improved individual and business performance.

Customer Contracts

Our fees are generally billed on a per member per month (“PMPM”) basis or upon member participation.  For PMPM fees, we generally determine our contract fees by multiplying the contractually negotiated PMPM rate by the number of members covered by our services during the month.  We typically set PMPM rates during contract negotiations with customers based on the value we expect our programs to create and a sharing of that value between the customer and the Company.  In addition, some of our services, such as the Healthways SilverSneakers fitness solution, include fees that are based upon member participation.

Our contracts with health plans and integrated healthcare systems generally range from three to five years with a number of comprehensive strategic agreements extending up to ten years in length.  Contracts with self-insured employers typically have two to four-year terms.  Some of our contracts allow the customer to terminate early.

Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk based on achieving certain performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements (“performance-based”).  Approximately 7% of revenues recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 were performance-based and were subject to final reconciliation as of December 31, 2012.

Technology

Our solutions require sophisticated analytical, data management, Internet and computer-telephony solutions based on state-of-the-art technology. These solutions help us deliver our services to large populations within our customer base. Our predictive modeling capabilities allow us to identify and stratify those participants who are most at risk for an adverse health event. We incorporate behavior-change science with consumer-friendly interactions to facilitate consumer preferences for engagement and convenience. We use sophisticated data analytical and reporting solutions to validate the impact of our programs on clinical and financial outcomes. We continue to invest heavily in technology, as evidenced by our long-term applications and technology services outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC, and are continually expanding and improving our proprietary clinical, data management, and reporting systems to continue to meet the information management requirements of our services.  The behavior change techniques and predictive modeling incorporated in our technology identify an individual’s readiness to change and provide personalized support through appropriate interactions using a range of methods desired by an individual, including venue-based face-to-face; print; phone; mobile and remote devices; on-line; emerging modalities; and any combination thereof to motivate and sustain healthy behaviors.

Backlog

Backlog represents the estimated average annualized revenue at target performance over the term of
 
 
5

 
the contract for business awarded but not yet started at December 31, 2012.  Annualized revenue in backlog as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

       
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 
   
Annualized revenue in backlog
 
$
39,000
 
$
29,400
 

Business Strategy

The World Health Organization defines health as “…not only the absence of infirmity and disease, but also a state of physical, mental, and social well-being.”

Our business strategy reflects our passion to enhance well-being and, as a result, reduce overall healthcare costs and improve workforce engagement, yielding better business performance for our customers.  Our solutions are designed to improve well-being by helping people to:

 
·
adopt or maintain healthy behaviors;
 
·
reduce health-related risk factors; and
 
·
optimize care for identified health conditions.

Through our solutions, we work to optimize the well-being of entire populations, one person at a time, domestically and internationally, thereby creating value by reducing overall healthcare costs and improving productivity and performance for individuals, families, health plans, governments, employers, integrated healthcare systems and communities.

We believe it is critical to impact an entire population’s well-being and underlying health status in a long-term, cost effective way.  Believing that what gets measured gets acted upon, in 2008, we entered into an exclusive, 25-year relationship with Gallup to create a definitive measure and empiric database of changes in the well-being of the U.S. population, known as the Gallup-Healthways Well-Being Index® (“WBI”), as well as processes to establish benchmarking for purposes of comparing the well-being of any subset of the national population.  The responses to the over 1.8 million completed WBI surveys to date have provided Gallup and us with an unmatched database to support our mutual goal of understanding the causes and effects of well-being for a population.  In October 2012, we created a global joint venture with Gallup that will develop the next generation of Gallup-Healthways individual well-being assessment tools to provide employers, health providers, insurers and other interested parties with validated tools to assess, measure and report on changes in the well-being of their employees, patients, members and customers.  In addition, Gallup will incorporate well-being into the construct of its World Poll to aid in satisfying a growing global interest in gaining clear insights for government and business leaders charged with shaping the policy responses necessary to improve health, increase individual and organizational performance, lower healthcare costs and achieve sustained economic growth.

To enhance well-being within their respective populations, our current and prospective customers require solutions that focus on the underlying drivers of healthcare demand, address worsening health status, reverse or slow unsustainable cost trends, foster healthy behaviors, mitigate health risk factors, and manage chronic conditions.  Our strategy is to deliver programs that engage individuals and help them enhance their well-being and underlying health status regardless of their starting point.  We believe we can achieve well-being improvements in a population that generate significant cost savings and increases in productivity by providing effective programs that support the individual throughout his or her well-being journey.

Our strategy includes, as a priority, the ongoing expansion of our value proposition through our total population management capabilities.  We continue to enhance our well-being improvement solutions to extend our reach and effectiveness and to meet increasing demand for integrated solutions.  The flexibility of our programs allows customers to provide a range of services they deem appropriate for their organizations.  Customers may select from certain single program options up to a total-population approach, in which all members of a customer’s population are eligible to receive our services.  Contracts signed in 2011 and 2012 have expanded both the level of integration and breadth of services provided to major health plans as they develop and implement a number of patient-centered medical home models.  Our services extend beyond chronic care and wellness programs to include care management and pharmacy benefit management, as well as health promotion, prevention and quality improvement solutions.

 
6

 
Significant changes in government regulation of healthcare continue to afford us expanding opportunities to provide services to integrated healthcare systems, hospitals, and physicians in addition to health plans and employers.  In 2011, we acquired Navvis & Company (“Navvis”), a well-established provider of strategic counsel and change management services enabling its healthcare system clients to become future-ready clinical enterprises within healthcare’s rapidly emerging value-based reimbursement system.  Our strategy includes providing integrated healthcare systems, hospitals, and physician enterprises with both consultative strategic planning services and a range of capabilities that enable and support the delivery of Physician-Directed Population Health solutions. During 2012, we signed and began implementing the first set of contracts with integrated healthcare systems to provide these services.

Self-insured employers continue to demand services that focus across the entire population of employees and their dependent family members. Our well-being improvement solution, in addition to improving individuals’ health and reducing direct healthcare costs, targets a much larger improvement in employer profitability by reducing the impact of productivity lost for health-related reasons.  With the success of our work aimed at total population management, we expect to gain an even greater competitive advantage in responding to employers’ needs for a healthier, higher-performing and less costly workforce.

Our strategy also includes the further enhancement and deployment of our proprietary technology platform known as Embrace®.  This platform, which is essential to our total population management solution, enables us to integrate data from the healthcare organizations and other entities interacting with an individual.  Embrace provides for the delivery of our integrated solutions and ongoing communications between the individual and his or her medical and health experts, using a range of methods, including venue-based face-to-face; print; phone; mobile and remote devices; on-line; emerging modalities; and any combination thereof.

We plan to increase our competitive advantage in delivering our services by leveraging the scope of our capabilities, including our medical information content, behavior change processes and techniques, strategic relationships, health provider networks, and fitness center relationships.  We also plan to continue to scale the delivery of our solutions employing a blend of our scalable, state-of-the-art well-being improvement call centers and proprietary technologies, modalities, and techniques.  We may add new capabilities and technologies through internal development, strategic alliances with other entities, and/or selective acquisitions or investments.  Examples include our collaboration with Blue Zones, LLC in delivering a scaled well-being improvement solution to support the “Healthiest State” initiative in Iowa; our investment in our wholly-owned subsidiary MeYou Health, LLC in bringing to market well-being improvement tools in the social media space through Internet and personal device delivery methods; and our expanded strategic relationship with Johns Hopkins Medicine to commercialize the sustained weight loss program Innergy resulting from a three-year clinical trial conducted by the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute.

We will continue to enhance, expand and integrate additional capabilities with health plans, integrated healthcare systems, employers, domestic government entities, and communities, as well as the public and private sectors of healthcare in international markets.
 
Segment and Major Customer Information

We have aggregated our operating segments into one reportable segment, well-being improvement services.  During 2012, Humana, Inc. (“Humana”) comprised approximately 11.5% of our revenues.  No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in 2012.

Competition

The healthcare industry is highly competitive and subject to continual change in the manner in which services are provided.  Other entities, whose financial, research, staff, and marketing resources may exceed our resources, are marketing a variety of population health improvement services and other services to health plans, integrated healthcare systems, self-insured employers, and government entities, or have announced an intention to offer such services.  These entities include disease management companies, health and wellness companies, retail drug stores, major pharmaceutical companies, health plans, healthcare organizations, providers, pharmacy benefit management companies, medical device and diagnostic companies, healthcare information technology companies, Internet-based medical content companies, revenue cycle management companies, and other entities that provide services to health plans, self-insured employers, integrated health systems, and government entities.

 
7

 
We believe we have advantages over our competitors because of the breadth and depth of our well-being improvement capabilities, including our scope of strategic relationships, state-of-the-art well-being improvement call center technology linked to our proprietary information technology, predictive modeling capabilities, behavior-change techniques, the comprehensive recruitment and training of our clinical colleagues, our experienced management team, the comprehensive clinical nature of our product offerings, our established reputation for providing well-being improvement services to members with health risk factors or chronic diseases, and the proven financial and clinical outcomes of our programs.  However, we cannot assure you that we can compete effectively with other companies such as those noted above.

Industry Integration and Consolidation

Consolidation has been an important factor in all aspects of the healthcare industry, including the well-being and health management sector.  While we believe the size of our membership base provides us with the economies of scale to compete even in a consolidating market, we cannot assure you that we can effectively compete with companies formed as a result of industry consolidation or that we can retain existing health plan, integrated healthcare system, or employer customers if they are acquired by other entities which already have programs similar to ours or are not interested in our programs.

In March 2010, President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, “PPACA”), into law.  PPACA required the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services (“HHS”) to establish a Medicare Shared Savings Program that promotes accountability and coordination of care among providers through the creation of Accountable Care Organizations (“ACOs”).  The program allows providers, including hospitals, physicians, and other designated professionals, to form ACOs and voluntarily work together to invest in infrastructure and redesign delivery processes to achieve high quality and efficient delivery of services.  We have begun to provide support and services for multiple ACOs that serve Medicare Fee-for-Service beneficiaries through our partnerships with integrated health systems.  Further, PPACA required HHS to establish voluntary national bundled payment programs under which participating groups of providers receive a single payment for certain medical conditions or episodes of care.  While ACOs and bundled payments are Medicare programs under PPACA, commercial insurers and private managed care health plans may increasingly shift to ACO and bundled payment models as well.  We expect these and other changes resulting from PPACA to further encourage integration and increase consolidation in the healthcare industry.

Governmental Regulation

Governmental regulation impacts us in a number of ways in addition to those regulatory risks presented under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” below.

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

PPACA changes how healthcare services are covered, delivered, and reimbursed through, among other things, significant reductions in the growth of Medicare program payments.  In addition, PPACA reforms certain aspects of health insurance, expands existing efforts to tie Medicare and Medicaid payments to performance and quality, and contains provisions intended to strengthen fraud and abuse enforcement.  PPACA contains provisions that have, and will continue to have, an impact on our customers, including commercial health plans and Medicare Advantage programs.  On June 28, 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the individual mandate provisions of the Health Reform Law but struck down the provisions that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that do not implement the Medicaid expansion provisions with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding.

Among other things, PPACA seeks to decrease the number of uninsured individuals and expand coverage through the expansion of public programs and private sector health insurance as well as a number of health insurance market reforms.  In addition, PPACA contains several provisions that encourage utilization of preventive services and wellness programs, such as those we provide.  However, PPACA also contains various provisions that directly affect the customers or prospective customers that contract for our services and may increase their costs and/or reduce their revenues.  For example, PPACA prohibits commercial health plans from using gender, health status, family history, or occupation to set premium rates, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions, and bans annual benefit limits.  In addition, PPACA mandates minimum medical loss ratios (“MLRs”) for health plans such that the percentage of health coverage premium revenue spent on healthcare medical costs and quality improvement expenses be at least 80% for individual and small group health plans and 85% for large group coverage and Medicare Advantage plans, with policyholders receiving
 
 
8

 
rebates, and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) receiving refunds in the case of Medicare Advantage plans, if the actual loss ratios fall below these minimums.  The MLR requirements were implemented beginning in January 2011 for commercial plans and will begin in 2014 for Medicare Advantage plans.

 Changes in laws governing reimbursement to health plans providing services under governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid may affect us.  PPACA will impact Medicare Advantage programs in a variety of ways.  PPACA reduces premium payments to Medicare Advantage plans such that the managed care per capita payments paid by CMS to Medicare Advantage plans are, on average, equal to those for traditional Medicare.  While PPACA will award bonuses to Medicare Advantage plans that achieve service benchmarks and quality ratings, overall payments to Medicare Advantage plans are expected to be significantly reduced under PPACA.  The impact of these reductions on the Company’s business is not yet clear.

It is difficult to predict with any reasonable certainty the full impact of PPACA on the Company due to the law’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, remaining or new court challenges, and possible amendment or repeal.

Other Laws

While many of the governmental and regulatory requirements affecting healthcare delivery generally do not directly apply to us, our customers must comply with a variety of regulations including Medicare Advantage marketing and other restrictions, the licensing and reimbursement requirements of federal, state and local agencies and the requirements of municipal building codes and health codes.  Certain of our services, including health service utilization management and certain claims payment functions, require licensure by government agencies.  We are subject to a variety of legal requirements in order to obtain and maintain such licenses.

Certain of our professional healthcare employees, such as nurses, must comply with individual licensing requirements.  All of our healthcare professionals who are subject to licensing requirements are licensed in the state in which they are physically present, such as the professionals located at a well-being improvement call center.  Multiple state licensing requirements for healthcare professionals who provide services telephonically over state lines may require some of our healthcare professionals to be licensed in more than one state.  We continually monitor legislative, regulatory and judicial developments in telemedicine in order to stay in compliance with state and federal laws; however, new agency interpretations, federal or state legislation or regulations, or judicial decisions could increase the requirement for multi-state licensing of all well-being improvement call center health professionals, which would increase our costs of services.

Federal privacy regulations issued pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) extensively restrict the use and disclosure of individually-identifiable health information by health plans, most healthcare providers, and certain other entities (collectively, “covered entities”).  Federal security regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA require covered entities to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic individually-identifiable health information.  We are required to comply with certain aspects of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations as a result of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the services we provide, and our customer contracts.  ARRA extends the application of certain provisions of the security and privacy regulations to business associates (entities that handle individually-identifiable health information on behalf of covered entities) and subjects business associates to civil and criminal penalties for violation of the regulations. On January 17, 2013, HHS released a final rule that implements many of these ARRA provisions and becomes effective March 26, 2013. The final rule subjects business associates and their subcontractors to direct liability under the HIPAA privacy and security regulations and will likely require amendments to existing agreements with business associates and with subcontractors of business associates.  Covered entities and business associates must comply with the final rule by September 23, 2013, except that existing agreements may qualify for an extended compliance date of September 22, 2014.

We may be subject to civil and criminal penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations.  ARRA significantly increased the civil penalties for violations, with penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement.  In addition, we may be contractually or directly obligated to comply with any applicable state laws or regulations related to the confidentiality and security of confidential personal information.  In the event of a
 
 
9

 
data breach involving individually-identifiable health information, we are subject to contractual obligations and state and federal requirements that may require us to notify our customers or individuals affected by the breach.  These requirements may also require us or our customers to notify regulatory agencies and the media of the data breach. In addition, the recently issued ARRA regulations create a presumption that non-permitted uses and disclosures of unsecured individually identifiable health information constitute breaches for which notice is required, unless it can be demonstrated that there is a low probability the information has been compromised.

Federal law contains various prohibitions related to false statements and false claims, some of which apply to private payors as well as federal programs.  Actions may be brought under the federal False Claims Act by the government as well as by private individuals, known as “whistleblowers,” who are permitted to share in any settlement or judgment.

There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act.  Liability under the False Claims Act arises when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government, and the False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly.  In some cases, whistleblowers, the federal government, and some courts have taken the position that entities that allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the “fraud and abuse” provisions of the Social Security Act, have thereby submitted false claims under the False Claims Act.  From time to time, participants in the healthcare industry, including our company and our customers, may be subject to actions under the False Claims Act, and it is not possible to predict the impact of such actions.

Employees

As of March 1, 2013, we had approximately 2,400 employees.  Our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements.  We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

Available Information
 
Our Internet address is www.healthways.com.  We make available free of charge, on or through our Internet website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ( the “SEC”).  The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street NE, Room 1580, NW, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In the execution of our business strategy, our operations and financial condition are subject to certain risks.  A summary of certain material risks is provided below, and you should take such risks into account in evaluating any investment decision involving the Company.  This section does not describe all risks applicable to us and is intended only as a summary of certain material factors that could impact our operations in the industry in which we operate.  Other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) contain additional information concerning these and other risks.

We depend on payments from customers, and cost reduction pressure on our customers may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The healthcare industry in which we operate currently faces significant cost reduction pressures as a result of increased competition, constrained revenues from governmental and private revenue sources, increasing underlying medical care costs, and general economic conditions.  We believe that these pressures will continue and possibly intensify.

We believe that our solutions, which are geared to foster well-being improvement by engaging people in health improvement programs, specifically assist our customers in controlling the high costs of healthcare; however, the pressures to reduce costs in the short term may negatively affect our ability to sign and/or retain contracts under existing terms or to restructure these contracts on terms that would not have a material
 
 
10

 
negative impact on our results of operations.  These financial pressures could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

A significant percentage of our revenues is derived from health plan customers.

A significant percentage of our revenues is derived from health plan customers.  The health plan industry continues to undergo a period of consolidation, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain health plan customers if they are acquired by other health plans that already participate in competing programs or are not interested in our programs.  In addition, a reduction in the number of covered lives enrolled with our health plan customers or a decision by our health plan customers to take programs in-house could adversely affect our results of operations.   Our health plan customers are subject to increased obligations under PPACA, including new benefit mandates, limitations on exclusions and factors used for rate setting, requirements for MLRs and increased taxes.  In determining how to meet these requirements, health plan customers or prospective customers may seek reduced fees or choose to reduce or delay the purchase of our services.

In addition, PPACA mandates the establishment of American Health Benefit Exchanges (“Exchanges”), which must be fully operational by January 1, 2014.  PPACA requires that each state establish or participate in an Exchange where individuals may compare and purchase health insurance. Health plans participating in an Exchange must offer a set of minimum benefits and may elect to offer additional benefits. Chronic disease management is classified as a minimum essential health benefit, but the parameters of the chronic disease management benefit are not yet defined by regulation.  It is possible that our services will not qualify under this definition.  We cannot predict whether individuals who are currently receiving our services will switch to health plans offered through the Exchanges that do not include our services. If we are unable to provide services to health plans participating in Exchanges, if health plans in the Exchanges that engage our services are not successful or if the Exchanges otherwise reduce the number of members receiving our services or the payments we receive, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We currently derive a significant percentage of our revenues from one customer.

Because of the size of its membership, Humana comprised approximately 11.5% of our revenues in 2012.  Our primary contract with Humana continues through 2016.  The loss of, or the restructuring of a contract with, this or other large customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in 2012.

Our business strategy is dependent in part on developing new and additional products to complement our existing services, as well as establishing additional distribution channels through which we may offer our products and services.

            Our strategy focuses on helping people adopt or maintain healthy behaviors, reducing health-related risk factors, and optimizing care for identified health conditions .   While we have considerable experience in solutions for a broad range of health conditions, any new or modified programs will involve inherent risks of execution , such as our ability to implement our programs within expected timelines or cost estimates; our ability to obtain adequate financing to provide the capital that may be necessary to support our operations and to support or guarantee our performance under new contracts; and our ability to deliver outcomes on any new products or services .  In addition, as part of our business strategy, we may enter into relationships to establish additional distribution channels through which we may offer our products and services .   As we offer products through new or alternative distribution channels, we may face difficulties, s uch as potential customer overlap that may lead to pricing conflicts, which may adversely affect our business.

Failure to successfully execute on the terms of our contracts could result in significant harm to our business. 

Our ability to grow and expand our business is contingent upon our ability to achieve desired performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements under our existing contracts and to favorably resolve contract billing and interpretation issues with our customers.  Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk based on achieving such metrics, savings, and/or improvements.  We cannot guarantee that we will achieve and reach mutual agreement with customers with respect to contractually required performance metrics, cost savings and/or clinical outcomes improvements under our contracts within the expected time frames.  Unusual and unforeseen patterns of healthcare utilization by individuals with diseases or conditions for which we provide services could adversely affect our ability to achieve desired
 
 
11

 
performance metrics, cost savings, and clinical outcomes.    Our inability to meet or exceed the targets under our customer contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  Also, our ability to provide financial guidance with respect to performance-based contracts is contingent upon our ability to accurately forecast variables that affect performance and the timing of revenue recognition under the terms of our contracts ahead of data collection and reconciliation.

In addition, c ertain of our contracts are increasing in complexity, requiring integration of data, systems, people, programs and services, the execution of sophisticated business activities, and the delivery of a broad array of services to large numbers of people who may be geographically dispersed.  The failure to successfully manage and execute the terms of these agreements could result in the loss of fees and/or contracts and could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We depend on the timely receipt of accurate data from our customers and our accurate analysis of such data.

Identifying which members may benefit from receiving our services and measuring our performance under our contracts are highly dependent upon the timely receipt of accurate data from our customers and our accurate analysis of such data.  Data acquisition, data quality control and data analysis are complex processes that carry a risk of untimely, incomplete or inaccurate data from our customers or flawed analysis of such data, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to recognize revenues.

Our ability to achieve estimated annualized revenue in backlog is based on certain estimates.

Our ability to achieve estimated annualized revenue in backlog in the manner and within the timeframe we expect is based on certain estimates regarding the implementation of our services.  We cannot assure you that the amounts in backlog will ultimately result in revenues in the manner and within the timeframe we expect.

Changes in macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our business.

Economic difficulties and other macroeconomic conditions could reduce the demand and/or the timing of purchases for certain of our services from customers and potential customers.  A loss of a significant customer or a reduction in a customer’s enrolled lives could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  In addition, changes in economic conditions could create liquidity and credit constraints.  We cannot assure you that we would be able to secure additional financing if needed and, if such funds were available, whether the terms or conditions would be acceptable to us.

The expansion of our services into international markets subjects us to additional business, regulatory and financial risks.

We provide health improvement programs and services in Brazil, Australia and France, and we intend to continue expanding our international operations as part of our business strategy.  We have incurred and expect to continue to incur costs in connection with pursuing business opportunities in international markets.  Our success in the international markets will depend in part on our ability to anticipate the rate of market acceptance of our solutions and the individual market dynamics and regulatory requirements in potential international markets.    Because the international market for our services is relatively immature and also involves many new solutions, there is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve the necessary cost savings and clinical outcomes improvements under our contracts with international customers within the expected time frames and reach mutual agreement with customers with respect to those outcomes.  The failure to accurately forecast the costs necessary to implement our strategy of establishing a presence in these markets could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, as a result of doing business in foreign markets, we are   subject to a variety of risks which are different from or additional to the risks we face within the United States. Our future operating results in these countries or in other countries or regions throughout the world could be negatively affected by a variety of factors which are beyond our control.  These factors include political conditions, economic conditions, legal and regulatory constraints, currency regulations, and other matters in any of the countries or regions in which we operate, now or in the future.  In addition, foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our future costs or on future cash flows from our international operations, and could adversely affect our financial performance.  Other factors which may impact our international operations include foreign trade, monetary and fiscal policies both of the United States and of other countries, laws, regulations and other
 
 
12

 
activities of foreign governments, agencies and similar organizations. Additional risks inherent in our international operations generally include, among others, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, adverse tax consequences and greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights in countries other than the United States.

We may experience difficulties associated with the implementation and/or integration of new businesses, services (including outsourced services), or technologies.

We may face substantial difficulties, costs and delays in effectively implementing and/or integrating acquired businesses, services (including outsourced services), or technologies into our platform.  Implementing internally-developed solutions and/or integrating newly acquired businesses, services (including outsourced services), and technologies could be costly and time-consuming and may strain our resources.  Consequently, we may not be successful in implementing and/or integrating these new businesses, services, or technologies and may not achieve anticipated revenue and cost benefits.

The performance of our business and the level of our indebtedness could prevent us from meeting the obligations under our debt agreement or have an adverse effect on our future financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital, or our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

On June 8, 2012, we entered into the Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (the “Fifth Amended Credit Agreement”), which was amended on February 5, 2013.  As of December 31, 2012, our long-term debt, including the current portion, was $287.6 million.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future.  We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs.

The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement contains various financial covenants, restricts the payment of dividends, and limits the amount of repurchases of our common stock.  A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement, in which all amounts outstanding under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement may become immediately due and payable, and all commitments under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement to extend further credit may be terminated.

Our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition or our ability to react to changes in the economy or industry by, among other things:

·  
increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions, loss of revenue and/or profit margins in our business, or to increases in interest rates, particularly with respect to the portion of our outstanding debt that is subject to variable interest rates;
·  
potentially limiting our ability to obtain additional financing or to obtain such financing on favorable terms;
·  
causing us to dedicate a portion of future cash flow from operations to service or pay down our debt, which reduces the cash available for other purposes, such as operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities; and
·  
possibly limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less leveraged.
 
We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets, the value of which could become impaired.

We have recorded significant portions of the purchase price of certain acquisitions as goodwill and/or intangible assets.  At December 31, 2012, we had approximately $338.7 million and $90.2 million of goodwill and intangible assets, respectively.    We review goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis (during the fourth quarter) or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  If we determine that the carrying values of our goodwill and/or intangible assets are impaired, we may incur a non-cash charge to earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the period in which the impairment occurs.

 
13

 
A failure of our information systems could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to deliver our services depends on effectively using information technology.  We expect to continually invest in updating and expanding our information technology capabilities.  In some cases, we may have to make systems investments before we generate revenues from contracts with new customers.  In addition, these system requirements expose us to technology obsolescence risks.
 
The nature of our business involves the receipt and storage of a significant amount of health information about the participants of our programs.  If we experience a data security breach, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions and private litigation.  In addition, our customers could lose confidence in our ability to protect the health information of their members, which could cause them to discontinue usage of our services.
 
We rely upon our information systems for operating and monitoring all major aspects of our business. These systems and our operations could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, power loss, network failure, improper operation by our employees, data privacy or security breaches, computer viruses, computer hacking, network penetration or other illegal intrusions or other unexpected events. Any disruption in the operation of our information systems, regardless of the cause, could adversely impact our operations, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face competition for staffing, which may increase our labor costs and reduce profitability.

We compete with other healthcare and services providers in recruiting qualified management, including executives with the required skills and experience to operate and grow our business, and staff personnel for the day-to-day operations of our business and well-being improvement call centers, including nurses, health coaches, and other healthcare professionals.  In some markets, the scarcity of nurses, experienced health coaches, and other medical support personnel has become a significant operating issue to healthcare businesses.  All of these challenges may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain qualified management and other professionals.  A failure to attract and retain qualified management, nurses, health coaches, and other healthcare professionals, or to control labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

Our industry is a rapidly evolving and highly competitive segment of the healthcare industry.

The rapidly growing industry in which we operate is a continually evolving segment of the overall healthcare industry with many entities, whose financial, research, staff, and marketing resources may exceed our resources, marketing a variety of population health improvement services and other services to health plans, integrated healthcare systems, self-insured employers, and government entities, or announcing an intention to offer such services.

We believe we have advantages over our competitors because of the breadth and depth of our well-being improvement capabilities, including our scope of strategic relationships, state-of-the-art well-being improvement call center technology linked to our proprietary information technology, predictive modeling capabilities, behavior-change techniques, the comprehensive recruitment and training of our clinical colleagues, our experienced management team, the comprehensive clinical nature of our product offerings, our established reputation for providing well-being improvement services to members with health risk factors or chronic diseases, and the proven financial and clinical outcomes of our programs.  However, we cannot assure you that we can compete effectively with other companies such as those noted above.

If we lose the services of our Chief Executive Officer or other members of our senior management team, we may not be able to execute our business strategy.

Our success depends in large part upon the continued service of our senior management team. In particular, we believe that our Chief Executive Officer, Ben R. Leedle, Jr., is critical to our strategic direction and is uniquely positioned to lead the Company through the current transformational period in the healthcare industry that is largely due to the changes resulting from healthcare reform. The loss of our Chief Executive Officer, even temporarily, or any other member of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 
14

 
We are party to litigation that could force us to pay significant damages and/or harm our reputation.

We are subject to certain legal proceedings, which potentially involve large claims and significant defense costs (see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings”).  These legal proceedings and any other claims that we may face, whether with or without merit, could result in costly litigation, and divert the time, attention, and resources of our management.  Although we currently maintain liability insurance, there can be no assurance that the coverage limits of such insurance policies will be adequate or that all such claims will be covered by insurance.  Although we believe that we have conducted our operations in full compliance with applicable statutory and contractual requirements and that we have meritorious defenses to outstanding claims, it is possible that resolution of these legal matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.  In addition, legal expenses associated with the defense of these matters may be material to our results of operations in a particular financial reporting period.

Compliance with new federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives could adversely affect our results of operations or may require us to spend substantial amounts acquiring and implementing new information systems or modifying existing systems.

Our customers are subject to considerable state and federal government regulation.  Many of these regulations are vaguely written and subject to differing interpretations that may, in certain cases, result in unintended consequences that could impact our ability to effectively deliver services.

We believe that federal requirements governing the confidentiality of individually-identifiable health information permit us to obtain individually-identifiable health information for well-being improvement purposes from a covered entity; however, state legislation or regulations could require additional and more restrictive  security regulations.  We are required by contract, the services we provide, ARRA and implementing regulations to comply with most requirements of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations.  We may be subject to criminal or civil penalties for violations of these regulations. The 2013 regulations implementing many of these ARRA requirements will likely require amendments to existing agreements with our customers and subcontractors.  In addition, the regulations create a presumption that non-permitted uses and disclosures of unsecured individually identifiable health information constitute breaches for which notice must be made by us or our customers to affected individuals and, in some cases, the media, unless it can be demonstrated that there is a low probability that the information has been compromised. This presumption and revised standard for determining whether a non-permitted use or disclosure constitutes a breach may result in a greater number of incidents being classified as breaches and, thus, a greater number of required notifications.

Although we continually monitor the extent to which federal and state legislation or regulations may govern our operations, new federal or state legislation or regulations in this area that restrict our ability to obtain and handle individually-identifiable health information or that otherwise restrict our operations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Government regulators may interpret current regulations or adopt new legislation governing our operations in a manner that subjects us to penalties or negatively impacts our ability to provide services.

Broadly written Medicare fraud and abuse laws and regulations that are subject to varying interpretations may expose us to potential civil and criminal litigation regarding the structure of current and past contracts entered into with our customers.

Expanding the well-being and health management industry to Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans could lead to increased direct regulation of well-being and health management services.  Further, providing services to Medicare Advantage beneficiaries may result in our being subject directly to various federal laws and regulations, including provisions related to fraud and abuse, false claims and billing and reimbursement for services, and the federal False Claims Act.

In addition, certain of our services, including health utilization management and certain claims payment functions, require licensure by government agencies.  We are subject to a variety of legal requirements in order to obtain and maintain such licenses, but little guidance is available to determine the scope of some of these requirements.  Failure to obtain and maintain any required licenses or failure to comply with other laws and regulations applicable to our business could have a material negative impact on our operations.

 
15

 
Certain of our professional healthcare employees, such as nurses, must comply with individual licensing requirements.

All of our healthcare professionals who are subject to licensing requirements, such as the professionals located at a well-being improvement call center, are licensed in the state in which they are physically present.  Multiple state licensing requirements for healthcare professionals who provide services telephonically over state lines may require us to license some of our healthcare professionals in more than one state.  We continually monitor legislative, regulatory and judicial developments in telemedicine; however, new agency interpretations, federal or state  legislation or regulations, or judicial decisions could increase the requirement for multi-state licensing of all well-being improvement call center health professionals, which would increase our costs of services and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Healthcare reform legislation may result in a reduction to our revenues from government health plans and private insurance companies.

Among other things, PPACA seeks to decrease the number of uninsured individuals and expand coverage through the expansion of public programs and private sector health insurance and a number of health insurance market reforms.  PPACA also contains several provisions that encourage the utilization of preventive services and wellness programs, such as those provided by the Company.  However, PPACA also contains various provisions that directly affect the customers or prospective customers that contract for our services and may increase their costs and/or reduce their revenues.  For example, PPACA prohibits commercial health plans from using gender, health status, family history, or occupation to set premium rates, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions, and bans annual benefit limits.  In addition, PPACA mandates minimum MLRs for health plans such that the percentage of health coverage premium revenue spent on healthcare medical costs and quality improvement expenses must be at least 80% for individual and small group health plans and 85% for large group coverage and Medicare Advantage plans, with policyholders receiving rebates, and CMS receiving refunds in the case of Medicare Advantage plans, if the actual loss ratios fall below these minimums.  The MLR requirements were implemented beginning in January 2011 for commercial plans and will begin in 2014 for Medicare Advantage plans.  PPACA also reduces funding to Medicare Advantage programs, which may cause some Medicare Advantage plans to raise premiums or limit benefits.  On February 15, 2013, CMS released preliminary benchmark payment rates for Medicare Advantage plans for calendar year 2014.  The preliminary rates were expected to be lower than rates in 2013, but the magnitude of the proposed reduction was greater than generally anticipated by industry experts.  These proposed payment rates are preliminary and could change when the final rates are announced on April 1, 2013.
   
While we believe that our programs and services specifically assist our customers in controlling their costs and improving their competitiveness, it is possible that the reforms imposed by PPACA will adversely affect the profitability of our customers and cause our customers or prospective customers to reduce or delay the purchase of our services or to demand reduced fees.  Further, demand for our programs could be reduced if Medicare Advantage plans respond to PPACA funding reductions or other changes by eliminating our programs or by limiting or changing benefits in a manner that causes some Medicare Advantage beneficiaries to terminate their Medicare Advantage coverage.  As a result, if the final benchmark payment rates for Medicare Advantage plans for 2014 are materially lower than current rates, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Because of PPACA’s complexity, lack of implementing regulations or interpretive guidance, gradual and potentially delayed implementation, remaining or new court challenges, and possible amendment or repeal, we are unable to predict all of the ways in which PPACA could impact the Company.  We could also be impacted by future healthcare reform legislative initiatives and/or government regulation.


 
16

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.  Properties

We lease approximately 264,000 square feet of office space in Franklin, Tennessee, which contains our corporate headquarters and one of our well-being improvement call centers, pursuant to an agreement that expires in February 2023.  We also lease approximately 92,000 square feet of office space in Chandler, Arizona which contains additional corporate employees and one of our well-being improvement call centers.

In addition, we lease office space for our eight other well-being improvement call center locations for an aggregate of approximately 224,000 square feet of space with lease terms expiring on various dates from 2013 to 2016.  Our operations support and training offices contain approximately 40,000 square feet in aggregate and have lease terms expiring from 2014 to 2020.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

Contract Dispute

We currently are involved in a contractual dispute with Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota regarding fees paid to us as part of a former contractual relationship.  On January 25, 2010, Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota issued notice of arbitration with the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis alleging a violation of certain contract provisions.  We believe we performed our services in compliance with the terms of our agreement and that the assertions made in the arbitration notice are without merit.  On August 3, 2011, we asserted numerous counterclaims against Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota.  We are not able to reasonably estimate a range of potential losses, if any, related to this dispute.

Anti-Trust Lawsuit

On May 1, 2012, American Specialty Health Group (“ASH”) amended a claim (the “Amended Claim”) that it had previously filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of California (“Court”) on December 2, 2011 (the “Original Claim”).  The Original Claim alleged that the Company’s exclusivity provisions in some of its contracts with participating locations in its SilverSneakers fitness network violate California’s Unfair Competition Law (“UCL”) and that the Company interfered with ASH’s contractual relations and prospective economic advantages.  The Amended Claim added allegations that the Company is in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act (the “Act”) because such exclusivity provisions create illegal restraints on trade and constitute monopolization or attempted monopolization in violation of the Act.  Under the Amended Claim, ASH is seeking damages in excess of $15,000,000, treble damages under the Act, and injunctive relief.  The Company has asserted counterclaims against ASH for interference and violation of the UCL, and on October 12, 2012, the Court granted the Company’s motion to add an additional counterclaim that ASH has falsely advertised the composition of its fitness facility network in violation of the Lanham Act.

We believe ASH’s claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the Amended Claim.

Performance Award Lawsuit
 
On September 4, 2012, Milton Pfeiffer (“Plaintiff”), claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a putative derivative action against the Company and the Board of Directors (the “Board”) in Delaware Chancery Court alleging that the Compensation Committee of the Board and the Board breached their fiduciary duties and violated the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) by granting Ben R. Leedle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, discretionary performance awards under the Plan in the form of options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which consisted of a performance award in November 2011 granting Mr. Leedle the right to purchase 365,000 shares and a performance award in February 2012 granting Mr. Leedle the right to purchase 135,000 shares (the “Performance Awards”).  Plaintiff alleges that the Performance Awards exceeded what is authorized by the Plan and that the Company’s 2012 proxy statement, in which the Performance Awards are disclosed, is false and misleading.  Plaintiff also alleges that Mr. Leedle breached his fiduciary duties and was unjustly enriched by receiving the Performance Awards.  Plaintiff is seeking, among other things, the rescission or disgorgement of all alleged “excess” awards granted to Mr. Leedle under the Performance Awards, to recover any incidental
 
 
17

 
damages to the Company, and an award of attorneys’ fees and expenses.  On November 2, 2012, the Company and the Board filed a Motion to Dismiss because Plaintiff failed to make a demand upon the Board as required by Delaware law.

Outlook

We are also subject to other contractual disputes, claims and legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.  While we are unable to estimate a range of potential losses, we do not believe that any of the legal proceedings pending against us as of the date of this report will have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or financial condition.  As these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, our view of these matters may change in the future.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of March 15, 2013.  Executive officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Officer
Age
Position
     
Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
52
Chief Executive Officer and director of the Company since September 2003.  President of the Company from May 2002 through October 2008 and April 2011 to present.  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Health Plan Group from 2000 until May 2002.  Senior Vice President of the Company from 1996 until 2000.
     
Michael Farris
53
Chief Commercial Officer of the Company since October 2012.  Navvis & Company Chief Executive Officer from 2004 to September 2012.
     
Alfred Lumsdaine
47
Chief Financial Officer of the Company since January 2011.  Chief Accounting Officer of the Company from February 2002 until January 2011.
     
Peter Choueiri
47
President, Healthways International, since January 2012 and Chief Operating Officer, Healthways International, from June 2011 through January 2012.  Head of Global Markets for North America, Middle East/Africa, and Southern Europe/Latin America for Munich Reinsurance Company in Germany from May 2009 to May 2011 and Head of Divisional Unit Healthcare from October 2005 to May 2009.
     
Glenn Hargreaves
46
Chief Accounting Officer of the Company since July 2012 and Controller since January 2011.  Director of Tax of the Company from April 2005 until January 2011.
     
Mary Flipse
46
General Counsel of the Company since July 2012.  Director, Corporate Counsel of the Company from February 2012 to July 2012.  Operations Counsel of the Company from August 2011 until February 2012.  Assistant General Counsel of King Pharmaceuticals from May 2005 to July 2011.

 
 
18

 
PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “HWAY”.

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ for the relevant periods.
 
       
High
   
Low
   
   
Year ended December 31, 2012
             
   
First quarter
 
$
8.49
 
$
6.66
 
   
Second quarter
   
8.00
   
6.21
 
   
Third quarter
   
11.96
   
7.73
 
   
Fourth quarter
   
11.94
   
8.58
 
                   
   
Year ended December 31, 2011
             
   
First quarter
 
$
15.88
 
$
10.38
 
   
Second quarter
   
17.26
   
13.55
 
   
Third quarter
   
17.62
   
9.83
 
   
Fourth quarter
   
11.20
   
5.59
 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

In April 2012, we acquired Ascentia Health Care Solutions (“Ascentia”), a firm that supports and promotes population health management, patient centered programs, payer strategies and physician practice enhancement programs.  In partial consideration for this acquisition, we issued 14,409 unregistered shares of our common stock, $.001 par value, which were valued in the aggregate at $0.1 million, to the Chief Executive Officer of Ascentia.  The issuance of the shares was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), because it was a transaction not involving a public offering.

On August 31, 2011, we acquired Navvis & Company (“Navvis”), a firm that provides strategic counsel and change management services to healthcare systems.  In partial consideration for this acquisition, we issued 432,902 unregistered shares of our common stock, $.001 par value, which were valued in the aggregate at $3.3 million, to J&P Consulting, Inc. and MJLE, Inc.  The issuance of the shares was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because it was a transaction not involving a public offering.

Holders

At March 1, 2013, there were approximately 9,400 holders of our common stock, including 204 stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock.  We intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Our Board will review our dividend policy from time to time and may declare dividends at its discretion; however, our Fifth Amended Credit Agreement places restrictions on the payment of dividends.  For further discussion of the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
 
 
19

 
Repurchases of Common Stock

Our Board authorized a share repurchase program which was publicly announced on October 21, 2010. The share repurchase program allowed for the repurchase of up to $60 million of our common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions through October 19, 2012.  No shares were repurchased between October 1 and October 19, 2012 pursuant to the program.

Period
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased
     
Average Price Paid per Share
     
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
     
Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
 
                                     
October 1 through 19, 2012
   
       
     
2,254,953
       
 
                                     
Total
   
                             


Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Part III, Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”, for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 
20

 


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following table represents selected financial data.  The table should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Report.

 
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Four Months  Ended December 31,
 
Year Ended August 31,
 
     
2012
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
2008
 
 2008
 
 
Operating Results:
                                     
 
Revenues
$
677,170
 
$
688,765
 
$
720,333
 
$
717,426
   
$
244,737
 
$
736,243
 
 
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization included below)
 
533,880
   
510,724
   
493,713
   
522,999
     
177,651
   
503,940
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
60,888
   
64,843
   
72,830
   
71,535
     
27,790
   
71,342
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
51,734
   
49,988
   
52,756
   
49,289
     
16,188
   
47,479
 
 
Impairment loss
 
   
183,288
   
   
     
4,344
   
 
 
Restructuring and related charges
 
1,773
   
9,036
   
10,258
   
     
10,264
   
 
 
Operating income (loss)
$
28,895
 
$
(129,114
)
$
90,776
 
$
73,603
   
$
8,500
 
$
113,482
 
 
Gain on sale of investment
 
   
   
(1,163
)
 
(2,581
)
   
   
 
 
Interest expense
 
14,149
   
13,193
   
14,164
   
15,717
     
6,757
   
20,927
 
 
Legal settlement and related costs
 
   
   
   
39,956
     
   
 
                                         
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
14,746
 
$
(142,307
)
$
77,775
 
$
20,511
   
$
1,743
 
$
92,555
 
 
Income tax expense
 
6,722
   
15,386
   
30,445
   
10,137
     
1,009
   
37,740
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
8,024
 
$
(157,693
)
$
47,330
 
$
10,374
   
$
734
 
$
54,815
 
                                         
 
Basic income (loss) per share:
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.39
 
$
0.31
   
$
0.02
 
$
1.57
 
                                         
 
Diluted income (loss) per share: (1)
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.36
 
$
0.30
   
$
0.02
 
$
1.50
 
                                         
 
Weighted average common shares and
                                     
 
equivalents:
                                     
 
Basic
 
33,597
   
33,677
   
34,129
   
33,730
     
33,616
   
34,977
 
 
Diluted (1)
 
33,836
   
33,677
   
34,902
   
34,359
     
34,038
   
36,597
 
                                         
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                     
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,759
 
$
864
 
$
1,064
 
$
2,356
   
$
5,157
 
$
35,242
 
 
Working capital (deficit)
 
13,551
   
8,774
   
547
   
(44,296
)
   
(6,034
)
 
21,276
 
 
Total assets
 
748,268
   
708,905
   
861,689
   
882,366
     
883,090
   
906,813
 
 
Long-term debt
 
278,534
   
266,117
   
243,425
   
254,345
     
304,372
   
345,395
 
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
26,602
   
31,351
   
39,140
   
42,615
     
39,533
   
31,227
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
278,821
   
265,716
   
430,841
   
377,277
     
357,036
   
354,334
 
                                         
 
Other Operating Data:
                                     
 
Annualized revenue in backlog
$
39,000
 
$
29,400
 
$
37,100
 
$
32,400
   
$
35,900
 
$
13,600
 
                                         
(1)
The assumed exercise of stock-based compensation awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.
     

 
21

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

 Founded in 1981, Healthways, Inc. (“Healthways”) provides specialized, comprehensive solutions to help people improve their physical, emotional and social well-being, thereby improving their health and productivity and reducing their health-related costs.

We provide highly specific and personalized interventions for each individual in a population, irrespective of health status, age or payor.  We utilize predictive modeling capabilities to allow us to identify and stratify those participants who are most at risk for an adverse health event. Our evidence-based well-being improvement services are made available to consumers using a range of methods desired by an individual including venue-based face-to-face interactions; print; phone; mobile and remote devices; on-line; emerging modalities; and any combination thereof to motivate and sustain healthy behaviors.

In North America, our customers include health plans, employers, integrated healthcare systems, hospitals, physician groups, and government entities in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide services to commercial healthcare businesses and/or government entities in Brazil, Australia and France.  We operate domestic and international well-being improvement call centers staffed with licensed health professionals.  Our fitness center network encompasses approximately 15,000 U.S. locations.  We also maintain an extensive network of over 88,000 complementary, alternative and physical medicine practitioners, which offers convenient access to the significant number of individuals who seek health services outside of the traditional healthcare system.

Our guiding philosophy and approach to market is predicated on the fundamental belief that healthier people cost less and are more productive.  As described more fully below, our programs are designed to improve well-being by helping people adopt or maintain healthy behaviors, reduce health-related risk factors, and optimize their care for identified health conditions.

First, our programs are designed to help people adopt or maintain healthy behaviors by:

 
·
fostering wellness and disease prevention through total population screening, well-being assessments and supportive interventions; and
 
·
engaging people in health improvement programs, such as fitness, weight management, chiropractic, and complementary and alternative medicine.

Our prevention programs focus on education, physical fitness, health coaching, and behavior change techniques and support.  We believe this approach improves the well-being status of member populations and reduces the short- and long-term health-related costs for participants, including associated costs from the loss of employee productivity.

Second, our programs are designed to help people reduce health-related risk factors by:

 
·
promoting personal change and improvement in the lifestyle behaviors that lead to poor health or chronic conditions; and
 
·
providing educational materials and personal interactions with highly trained nurses and other healthcare professionals to create and sustain healthier behaviors for those individuals at-risk or in the early stages of chronic conditions.

We enable our customers to engage everyone in their covered populations through specific interactions that are sensitive to each individual’s health risks and needs. Our programs are designed to motivate people to make positive lifestyle changes and accomplish individual goals, such as increasing physical activity for seniors through the Healthways SilverSneakers fitness solution, overcoming nicotine addiction through the QuitNet on-line smoking cessation community, or generating sustainable weight-loss through our Innergy solution.

Finally, our programs are designed to help people optimize care for identified health conditions by:

 
·
incorporating the latest, evidence-based clinical guidelines into interventions to optimize patient health outcomes;
 
22

 
 
·
developing care support plans and motivating members to set attainable goals for themselves;
 
·
providing local market resources to address acute episodic interventions;
 
·
coordinating members’ care with their healthcare providers;
 
·
providing software licensing and management consulting in support of well-being improvement services; and
 
·
providing high-risk care management for members at risk for hospitalization due to complex conditions.

Our approach is to use proprietary, analytic models to identify individuals who are likely to incur future high costs, including those who have specific gaps in care, and through evidence-based interventions drive adherence to proven standards of care, medication regimens and physicians’ plans of care to reduce disease progression and related medical spending.

We recognize that each individual plays a variety of roles in his or her pursuit of improved well-being, often simultaneously.  By providing the full spectrum of services to meet each individual’s needs, we believe our interventions can be delivered at scale and in a manner that reflects those unique needs over time.  We believe that real and sustainable behavior change generates measurable, long-term cost savings and improved individual and business performance.

Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements, which are based upon current expectations, involve a number of risks and uncertainties, and are subject to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical statements of fact and those regarding the intent, belief, or expectations of the Company, including, without limitation, all statements regarding the Company’s future earnings and results of operations, and can be identified by the use of words like “may,” “believe,” “will,” “expect,” “project,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” or “continue” and similar expressions.  Readers are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve significant risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may vary from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

 
·
the effectiveness of management’s strategies and decisions;
 
·
our ability to sign and implement new contracts for our solutions;
 
·
our ability to accurately forecast the costs required to successfully implement new contracts;
 
·
our ability to renew and/or maintain contracts with our customers under existing terms or restructure these contracts on terms that would not have a material negative impact on our results of operations;
 
·
our ability to effectively compete against other entities, whose financial, research, staff, and marketing resources may exceed our resources;
 
·
our ability to accurately forecast the Company’s revenues, margins, earnings and net income, as well as any potential charges that we may incur as a result of changes in our business;
 
·
our ability to accurately forecast performance and the timing of revenue recognition under the terms of our customer contracts ahead of data collection and reconciliation;
 
·
the impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“PPACA”), on our operations and/or the demand for our services;
 
·
our ability to anticipate the rate of market acceptance of our solutions in potential international markets;
 
·
our ability to accurately forecast the costs necessary to establish a presence in international markets;
 
·
the risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and our ability to hedge against such fluctuations;
 
·
the risks associated with deriving a significant concentration of our revenues from a limited number of customers;
 
·
our ability to achieve and reach mutual agreement with customers with respect to contractually required performance metrics, cost savings and clinical outcomes improvements, or to achieve such metrics, savings and improvements within the time frames contemplated by us;
 
·
our ability to achieve estimated annualized revenue in backlog in the manner and within the timeframe we expect, which is based on certain estimates regarding the implementation of our services;
 
23

 
 
·
our ability and/or the ability of our customers to enroll participants and to accurately forecast their level of enrollment and participation in our programs in a manner and within the timeframe anticipated by us;
 
·
the ability of our customers to provide timely and accurate data that is essential to the operation and measurement of our performance under the terms of our contracts;
 
·
our ability to favorably resolve contract billing and interpretation issues with our customers;
 
·
our ability to service our debt, make principal and interest payments as those payments become due, and remain in compliance with our debt covenants;
 
·
the risks associated with changes in macroeconomic conditions, which may reduce the demand and/or the timing of purchases for our services from customers or potential customers, reduce the number of covered lives of our existing customers, or restrict our ability to obtain additional financing;
 
·
counterparty risk associated with our interest rate swap agreements and foreign currency exchange contracts;
 
·
our ability to integrate new or acquired businesses, services (including outsourced services), or technologies into our business and to accurately forecast the related costs;
 
·
our ability to anticipate and respond to strategic changes, opportunities, and emerging trends in our industry and/or business and to accurately forecast the related impact on our earnings;
 
·
the impact of any impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets;
 
·
our ability to develop new products and deliver outcomes on those products;
 
·
our ability to implement our integrated data and technology solutions platform within the required timeframe and expected cost estimates and to develop and enhance this platform and/or other technologies to meet evolving customer and market needs;
 
·
our ability to obtain adequate financing to provide the capital that may be necessary to support our operations and to support or guarantee our performance under new contracts;
 
·
unusual and unforeseen patterns of healthcare utilization by individuals with diseases or conditions for which we provide services;
 
·
the ability of our customers to maintain the number of covered lives enrolled in the plans during the terms of our agreements;
 
·  
the risks associated with data privacy or security breaches, computer hacking, network penetration and other illegal intrusions;
 
·
the impact of PPACA on our operations and/or the demand for our services;
 
·  
the impact of any new or proposed legislation, regulations and interpretations relating to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 and any legislative or regulatory changes with respect to Medicare Advantage;
 
·
the impact of future state, federal, and international legislation and regulations applicable to our business, including PPACA, on our ability to deliver our services and on the financial health of our customers and their willingness to purchase our services;
 
·
current geopolitical turmoil, the continuing threat of domestic or international terrorism, and the potential emergence of a health pandemic;
 
·  
the impact of legal proceedings involving us and/or our subsidiaries;and
 
·
other risks detailed in this Report, including those set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

We describe our accounting policies in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  We prepare the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results may differ from those estimates.

We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in understanding the estimates and judgments that are involved in preparing our financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 
24

 
Revenue Recognition

Our fees are generally billed on a per member per month (“PMPM”) basis or upon member participation.  For PMPM fees, we generally determine our contract fees by multiplying the contractually negotiated PMPM rate by the number of members covered by our services during the month.  We typically set PMPM rates during contract negotiations with customers based on the value we expect our programs to create and a sharing of that value between the customer and the Company.  In addition, some of our services, such as the Healthways SilverSneakers fitness solution, include fees that are based upon member participation.

Our contracts with health plans and integrated healthcare systems generally range from three to five years with a number of comprehensive strategic agreements extending up to ten years in length.  Contracts with self-insured employers typically have two to four-year terms. Some of our contracts allow the customer to terminate early.

Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk based on achieving certain performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements (“performance-based”).  Approximately 7% of revenues recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 were performance-based and were subject to final reconciliation as of December 31, 2012.

We recognize revenue as follows: (1) we recognize the fixed portion of PMPM fees and fees for service as revenue during the period in which we perform our services; and (2) we recognize performance-based revenue based on the most recent assessment of our performance, which represents the amount that the customer would legally be obligated to pay if the contract were terminated as of the latest balance sheet date.

We generally bill our customers each month for the entire amount of the fees contractually due for the prior month’s enrollment, which typically includes the amount, if any, that is performance-based and may be subject to refund should we not meet performance targets.  Fees for service are typically billed in the month after the services are provided.  Deferred revenues arise from contracts that permit upfront billing and collection of fees covering the entire contractual service period, generally 12 months.  A limited number of our contracts provide for certain performance-based fees that we cannot bill until we reconcile them with the customer.

We generally assess our level of performance for our contracts based on medical claims and other data that the customer is contractually required to supply.  A minimum of four to nine months’ data is typically required for us to measure performance.  In assessing our performance, we may include estimates such as medical claims incurred but not reported and a medical cost trend compared to a baseline year.  In addition, we may also provide contractual allowances for billing adjustments (such as data reconciliation differences) as appropriate.

If data is insufficient or incomplete to measure performance, or interim performance measures indicate that we are not meeting performance targets, we do not recognize performance-based fees subject to refund as revenues but instead record them in a current liability account entitled “contract billings in excess of earned revenue.”  Only in the event we do not meet performance levels by the end of the measurement period, typically one year, are we contractually obligated to refund some or all of the performance-based fees.  We would only reverse revenues that we had already recognized if performance to date in the measurement period, previously above targeted levels, subsequently dropped below targeted levels.  Historically, any such adjustments have been immaterial to our financial condition and results of operations.

During the settlement process under a contract, which generally occurs six to eight months after the end of a contract year, we settle any performance-based fees and reconcile healthcare claims and clinical data.  As of December 31, 2012, cumulative performance-based revenues that have not yet been settled with our customers but that have been recognized in the current and prior years totaled approximately $41.3 million, all of which were based on actual data received from our customers.  Of this amount, $34.5 million was settled with customers after December 31, 2012, and $6.8 million remains subject to final reconciliation.  Data reconciliation differences, for which we provide contractual allowances until we reach agreement with respect to identified issues, can arise between the customer and us due to customer data deficiencies, omissions, and/or data discrepancies.

     Performance-related adjustments (including any amounts recorded as revenue that were ultimately refunded), changes in estimates, or data reconciliation differences may cause us to recognize or reverse revenue in a current fiscal year that pertains to services provided during a prior fiscal year.  During 2012, 2011
 
 
25

 
and 2010, we recognized a net increase in revenue of $9.2 million, $2.9 million, and $25.8 million that related to services provided prior to each respective year.

Impairment of Intangible Assets and Goodwill

We review goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  We may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value.  If we conclude during the qualitative assessment that this is the case, we perform a quantitative review as described below. Otherwise, we do not perform a quantitative review.  If we elect not to perform a qualitative assessment, then we proceed to the quantitative review described below.

During a quantitative review of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market-based approach, and we reconcile the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization.  Estimating fair value requires significant judgments, including management’s estimate of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rate for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value and potential goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

If we determine that the carrying value of goodwill is impaired based upon an impairment review, we calculate any impairment using a fair-value-based goodwill impairment test as required by U.S. GAAP.  The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received upon a sale of the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Except for a trade name that has an indefinite life and is not subject to amortization, we amortize identifiable intangible assets, such as acquired technologies and customer contracts, over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.  We assess the potential impairment of intangible assets subject to amortization whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.  If we determine that the carrying value of other identifiable intangible assets may not be recoverable, we calculate any impairment using an estimate of the asset’s fair value based on the estimated price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants.

We review intangible assets not subject to amortization, which consist of a trade name, on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.  We estimate the fair value of the trade name using a present value technique, which requires management’s estimate of future revenues attributable to this trade name, estimation of the long-term growth rate for these revenues, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value for the trade name.

Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill and/or other intangible assets are impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Income Taxes

The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns.  Accounting for income taxes requires significant judgment in determining income tax provisions, including determination of deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, and any valuation allowances that might be required against deferred tax assets, and in evaluating tax positions.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  U.S. GAAP also provides guidance on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax
 
 
26

 
positions, and income tax disclosures.  Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

Share-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on estimated fair values at the date of grant.  Determining the fair value of stock options at the grant date requires judgment in developing assumptions, which involve a number of variables.  These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and expected stock option exercise behavior.  In addition, we also use judgment in estimating the number of share-based awards that are expected to be forfeited.


 
27

 


Results of Operations
 
 
The following table sets forth the components of the statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 expressed as a percentage of revenues.

     
Year Ended
December 31,
 
       
     
2012
 
2011
 
2010
   
                   
 
Revenues
 
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
 
 
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization included below)
 
78.8
%
74.2
%
68.5
%
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
9.0
%
9.4
%
10.1
%
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
7.6
%
7.3
%
7.3
%
 
 
Impairment loss
 
 
26.6
%
   
 
Restructuring and related charges
 
0.3
%
1.3
%
1.4
%
 
 
Operating income (loss) (1)
 
4.3
%
(18.7
)%
12.6
%
 
                   
 
Gain on sale of investment
 
%
%
(0.2
)%
 
 
Interest expense
 
2.1
%
1.9
%
2.0
%
 
                   
 
Income (loss) before income taxes (1)
 
2.2
%
(20.7
)%
10.8
%
 
 
Income tax expense
 
1.0
%
2.2
%
4.2
%
 
                   
 
Net income (loss)
 
1.2
%
(22.9
)%
6.6
%
 

(1)  
Figures may not add due to rounding.

Revenues

Revenues for fiscal 2012 decreased $11.6 million, or 1.7%, over fiscal 2011, primarily due to decreases in revenue from the wind-down of our contract with CIGNA Healthcare, Inc. (“CIGNA”) in advance of the contract’s expiration in February 2013, as well as certain other contract or program terminations with three smaller health plan customers.  These decreases were somewhat offset by the following:

·  
the commencement of contracts with new customers;
·  
an increase in participation in our fitness solutions, as well as in the number of members eligible to participate in such solutions; and
·  
an increase in performance-based revenues due to our ability to measure and achieve performance targets on certain contracts during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Revenues for fiscal 2011 decreased $31.6 million, or 4.4%, over fiscal 2010, primarily due to the following:

·  
the recognition of revenues in 2010 in connection with a final settlement with CMS associated with our participation in two MHS programs; and
·  
contract and program terminations and restructurings with certain customers.

These decreases were somewhat offset by revenue from new and expanded contracts and an increase in participation in our fitness solutions, as well as in the number of members eligible to participate in such solutions.

 
28

 
Cost of Services

Cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2012 increased to 78.8% compared to 74.2% for fiscal 2011, primarily due to the following:

·  
the wind-down of our contract with CIGNA and certain other contract or program terminations with three smaller health plan customers to whom we provided traditional disease management services, all of which carried a lower than average cost of services as a percentage of revenues;
·  
increased costs related to the implementation of a significant number of new contracts and the launch of new business in the evolving health systems market; and
·  
an expanded and extended contract during the year ended December 31, 2012 which moved from a cost-plus model to a volume-based model in which revenues are expected to ramp over time, while the underlying cost structure remained consistent with the year ended December 31, 2011.

These increases were partially offset by decreases in cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues due to the following :

·  
an increase in performance-based revenues wherein a significant portion of the related costs were incurred and recognized in a prior period;
·  
costs associated with implementing a new and innovative contract in 2011 for which we weren’t able to recognize revenue until 2012; and
·  
efficiencies gained in our fitness solutions through certain cost management initiatives.
 
     Cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues for fiscal 2011 increased to 74.2% compared to 68.5% for fiscal 2010, primarily due to the following:

·  
costs associated with implementing certain significant new and innovative contracts;
·  
an increase in implementation expenses primarily related to our Embrace platform;
·  
an increased portion of our revenue generated by fitness solutions, which typically have a higher cost of services as a percentage of revenue than our other programs;
·  
changes in the contract structure of certain incentive-based wellness programs from a utilization model to a PMPM model, as well as an increase in the number of members eligible for these programs and their utilization of such programs; and
·  
costs associated with an initiative to promote member participation in our fitness solutions.

These increases were somewhat offset by the following decreases in cost of services (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues:

·  
a decrease in the level of short and long-term performance-based incentive compensation based on the Company’s financial performance against established internal targets for these periods;
·  
a decrease in salaries and benefits expense, primarily due to a restructuring of the Company, which was completed during the fourth quarter of 2010; and
·  
cost savings related to certain operational efficiencies.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 9.0% for fiscal 2012 compared to 9.4% for fiscal 2011, primarily due to certain cost reductions from a restructuring of the Company in 2011 that was largely completed during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 9.4% for fiscal 2011 compared to 10.1% for fiscal 2010, primarily due to the following:

 
29

 
·  
a decrease in the level of long-term performance-based incentive compensation during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, based on the Company’s financial performance against established internal targets for these periods; and
·  
cost savings realized during 2011 from a restructuring of the Company that was largely completed during the fourth quarter of 2010.

These decreases were somewhat offset by increased costs involved in pursuing business in evolving markets.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased 3.5% for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to increased depreciation expense related to our Embrace platform, partially offset by decreased amortization expense due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized during 2011.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 5.2% for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily related to certain computer software that became fully depreciated during 2011, slightly offset by increased depreciation expense resulting from the implementation of our Embrace platform

Restructuring and Related Charges and Impairment Loss
 
During fiscal 2012, we incurred net charges of $1.8 million related to a restructuring of the Company in the fourth quarter of 2012, which primarily consisted of termination benefits related to capacity realignment.

During fiscal 2011, we incurred net charges of $9.0 million related to a restructuring of the Company in the fourth quarter of 2011, which primarily consisted of termination benefits and costs associated with capacity reductions following CIGNA’s decision to wind down its contract beginning in 2012.  Also during fiscal 2011, we incurred charges of $183.3 million primarily related to an impairment of goodwill during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Gain on Sale of Investment

In January 2009, a private company in which we held preferred stock was acquired by a third party.   During the second quarter of 2010, we recognized a gain of $1.2 million related to the receipt of a final escrow payment as a result of this sale.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2012 increased $1.0 million compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to the write-off of previously deferred loan costs as a result of entering into the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement in June 2012.

Interest expense for fiscal 2011 decreased $1.0 million compared to fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of a decrease in floating interest rates on outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate increased to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to routine reconciliations of estimated amounts and the relatively small base of pretax income for 2012 in relation to certain unrecognized tax benefits and non-deductible expenses.

In 2011 we had positive income tax expense of $15.4 million despite a pre-tax loss of $142.3 million primarily due to an impairment loss of $183.3 million, the majority of which was not deductible for tax purposes.  In 2010 our effective tax rate was 39.1%.

Outlook

Despite the loss of our contract with CIGNA and one other terminated health plan contract, we anticipate that revenues for 2013 will increase over 2012 primarily due to increased revenues from new and expanded contracts and from our fitness solutions.

 
30

 
We expect cost of services as a percentage of revenues for 2013 to increase slightly compared to 2012 primarily due to the wind down of our contract with CIGNA and one other terminated health plan contract, both of which carried a lower than average cost of services as a percentage of revenues.  In addition, we anticipate that, due to the nature of recent significant new and expanded contracts, costs on these contracts may be incurred before revenues are fully expressed.  We expect selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for 2013 to decrease compared to 2012 primarily due to our ability to more effectively leverage our selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of expected growth in our operations.  We anticipate depreciation and amortization expense for 2013 will increase compared to 2012 primarily due to continued investment in our Embrace platform.

We anticipate that quarterly revenues and net income (loss) will improve sequentially throughout 2013 as staged services and new contracts are implemented, as lives being served expand, and as performance based-revenue is measured and recognized.

As discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below, a significant portion of our long-term debt is subject to fixed interest rate swap agreements; however, we cannot predict the potential for changes in interest rates, which would impact our variable rate debt.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operating activities for fiscal 2012 provided cash of $40.7 million compared to $76.3 million for fiscal 2011.  The decrease in operating cash flow resulted primarily from the following:
 
·  
a decrease in gross margins;
·  
an increase in days sales outstanding from 51 days at December 31, 2011 to 57 days at December 31, 2012;
·  
an increase in certain long-term incentive and other benefit payments during 2012; and
· 
an increase in severance payments in 2012 made as a result of a restructuring of the Company that was largely completed during the fourth quarter of 2011 .

These decreases in operating cash flow were slightly offset by an increase in operating cash flow due to reduced tax payments in 2012 as compared to 2011.

Investing activities during fiscal 2012 used $60.5 million in cash, which primarily consisted of capital expenditures associated with our Embrace platform.

Financing activities during fiscal 2012 provided $20.6 million in cash primarily due to net borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.

On June 8, 2012, we entered into the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement provides us with a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that expires on June 8, 2017 and includes a swingline sub facility of $20.0 million and a $75.0 million sub facility for letters of credit.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also provides a $200.0 million term loan facility that matures on June 8, 2017, $195.0 million of which remained outstanding on December 31, 2012, and an uncommitted incremental accordion facility of $200.0 million.  As of December 31, 2012, availability under the revolving credit facility totaled $55.0 million as calculated under the most restrictive covenant.

Borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement generally bear interest at variable rates based on a margin or spread in excess of either (1) the one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month rate (or with the approval of affected lenders, nine-month or twelve-month rate) for Eurodollar deposits ( “LIBOR”) or (2) the greatest of (a) the SunTrust Bank prime lending rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% (the “Base Rate”), as selected by the Company.  The LIBOR margin varies between 1.75% and 3.00%, and the Base Rate margin varies between 0.75% and 2.00%, depending on our leverage ratio.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also provides for an annual fee ranging between 0.30% and 0.50% of the unused commitments under the revolving credit facility.  Extensions of credit under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement are secured by guarantees from all of the Company’s active domestic subsidiaries and by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s and such subsidiaries’ assets.

We are required to repay outstanding revolving loans under the revolving credit facility on June 8, 2017. We are required to repay term loans in quarterly principal installments aggregating (1) 1.250% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the eight quarters beginning with the
 
 
31

 
quarter ended September 30, 2012, (2) 1.875% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the next four quarters beginning with the quarter ending September 30, 2014, (3) 2.500% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the remaining quarters prior to maturity on June 8, 2017, at which time the entire unpaid principal balance of the term loans is due and payable.   

The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain specified ratios or levels of (1) total funded debt to EBITDA and (2) fixed charge coverage.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also limits repurchases of the Company’s common stock and the amount of dividends that the Company can pay to holders of its common stock.  As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenant requirements of the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.

The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement contains various other affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for financings of this type.

On February 5, 2013, we entered into a First Amendment to the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement, which provided for, among other things, a temporary increase in the LIBOR margin and Base Rate margin of 0.25% through December 31, 2013, only in the event that our total funded debt to EBITDA ratio is greater than or equal to 3.50.

In order to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our floating rate debt commitments, we maintain interest rate swap agreements that effectively modify our exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of our floating rate debt to fixed obligations, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense.  Under these agreements, we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR, and we pay a fixed rate of interest with interest rates ranging from 0.370% to 3.385% plus a spread.  We maintain interest rate swap agreements with current notional amounts of $430.0 million and termination dates ranging from June 30, 2013 to December 31, 2016.  Of this amount, $180.0 million was effective at December 31, 2012, $30.0 million became effective in January 2013, $110.0 million will become effective in June 2013, $60.0 million will become effective in November 2013, and $50.0 million will become effective in 2015, as older interest rate swap agreements expire.  We have designated these interest rate swap agreements as qualifying cash flow hedges.  We currently meet the hedge accounting criteria under U.S. GAAP in accounting for these interest rate swap agreements.

In October 2010, our Board authorized a share repurchase program, which allowed for the repurchase of up to $60 million of our common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions through October 19, 2012.  No shares were repurchased during 2012 pursuant to the program.

We believe that cash flows from operating activities, our available cash, and our anticipated available credit under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement will continue to enable us to meet our contractual obligations and to fund our current operations for the foreseeable future.  However, if our operations require significant additional financing resources, such as capital expenditures for technology improvements, additional well-being improvement call centers and/or letters of credit or other forms of financial assurance to guarantee our performance under the terms of new contracts, or if we are required to refund performance-based fees pursuant to contract terms, we may need to raise additional capital by expanding our existing credit facility and/or issuing debt or equity securities.  If we face a limited ability to arrange such financing, it may restrict our ability to effectively operate our business.  We cannot assure you that we would always be able to secure additional financing if needed and, if such funds were available, whether the terms or conditions would be acceptable to us.

If contract development accelerates or acquisition opportunities arise, we may need to issue additional debt or equity securities to provide the funding for these increased growth opportunities.  We may also issue equity securities in connection with future acquisitions or strategic alliances.  We cannot assure you that we would be able to issue additional debt or equity securities on terms that would be acceptable to us.

Any material commitments for capital expenditures are included in the “Contractual Obligations” table below.

 
32

 
Contractual Obligations

The following schedule summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2012:

     
Payments Due By Year Ended December 31,
 
 
(In thousands)
     
2014 -
 
2016 -
 
2018 and
     
 
 
 
2013
 
2015
 
2017
 
After
 
Total
 
 
Deferred compensation plan payments (1)
 
$
6,816
 
$
1,042
 
$
441
 
$
5,106
 
$
13,405
   
 
Long-term debt and related interest (2)
   
23,131
   
48,812
   
259,854
   
   
331,797
   
 
Operating lease obligations (3)
   
14,783
   
22,491
   
18,691
   
41,635
   
97,600
   
 
Capital lease obligations (4)
   
1,330
   
992
   
   
   
2,322
   
 
Purchase obligations
   
7,070
   
   
   
   
7,070
   
 
Outsourcing obligations (5)
   
26,228
   
42,208
   
35,683
   
58,618
   
162,737
   
 
Other contractual cash obligations (6)
   
15,431
   
22,828
   
16,850
   
15,000
   
70,109
   
 
Total contractual cash obligations (7)
 
$
94,789
 
$
138,373
 
$
331,519
 
$
120,359
 
$
685,040
   

(1) Consists of payments under a non-qualified deferred compensation plan and performance cash awards.

(2) Consists of scheduled principal payments, repayment of outstanding revolving loans, and estimated interest payments on outstanding borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.  Estimated interest payments are $13.1 million for 2013, $18.8 million for 2014 and 2015 combined, and $12.3 million for 2016 and 2017 combined.

(3) Excludes total sublease income of $0.7 million.

(4) Consists of scheduled principal payments and estimated interest payments on capital lease obligations.  Estimated interest payments are immaterial.

(5) Outsourcing obligations primarily include a ten-year applications and technology services outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC entered into in May 2011 that contains minimum fee requirements.  Total payments over the remaining term, including an estimate for future contractual cost of living adjustments, must equal or exceed a minimum level of approximately $161.2 million; however, based on initial required service and equipment level assumptions, we estimate that the remaining payments will be approximately $331.3 million.  The agreement allows us to terminate all or a portion of the services after the first two years provided we pay certain termination fees, which could be material to the Company.

(6) Other contractual cash obligations primarily include $2.8 million of severance payments, which are payable in 2013, as well as a 25-year strategic relationship agreement with Gallup that we entered into in January 2008 and a 5-year global joint venture agreement with Gallup that we entered into in October 2012.  We have minimum remaining contractual cash obligations of $49.5 million related to these agreements, $7.5 million of which will occur during 2013, 2014, and 2015, $6.0 million which will occur in 2016 and 2017 and the remaining $15.0 million of which will occur ratably over the following 15 years.

(7) We have excluded long-term liabilities of $1.3 million related to uncertain tax positions as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of these payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of effective settlement of tax positions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2012.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.”  ASU No. 2012-02 permits an entity to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value.  If the entity concludes that this is the case, it must perform the currently prescribed quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying value.  Otherwise, the
 
 
33

 
quantitative impairment test is not required. ASU No. 2012-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with earlier adoption permitted.  We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02 which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the accompanying notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, Entities are required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail on those amounts. ASU No. 2013-02 is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012.  We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to market risk related to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.  Borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement generally bear interest at variable rates based on a margin or spread in excess of either (1) one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month LIBOR (or with the approval of affected lenders, nine-month or twelve-month) LIBOR or (2) the greatest of (a) the SunTrust Bank prime lending rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (c) the Base Rate (as previously defined), as selected by the Company.  The LIBOR margin varies between 1.75% and 3.00%, and the Base Rate margin varies between 0.75% and 2.00%, depending on our leverage ratio.  

In order to reduce our interest rate exposure under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement, we have entered into interest rate swap agreements effectively converting a portion of our floating rate debt to fixed obligations with interest rates ranging from 0.370% to 3.385% plus a spread.

We estimate that a one-point interest rate change would have resulted in a change in interest expense of approximately $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

As a result of our investment in international initiatives, we are also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risks. Because a significant portion of these risks is economically hedged with currency options and forwards contracts and because our international initiatives are not yet material to our consolidated results of operations, a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would not have had a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012.  We do not execute transactions or hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

 
34

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Healthways, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Healthways, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Healthways, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Healthways, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 15, 2013



 
35

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


 HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

ASSETS

     
December 31,
     
December 31,
     
     
2012
     
2011
     
 
Current assets:
                   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,759
     
$
864
   
 
Accounts receivable, net
   
108,337
       
97,459
   
 
Prepaid expenses
   
9,727
       
11,417
   
 
Other current assets
   
7,227
       
1,412
   
 
Income taxes receivable
   
5,920
       
6,065
   
 
Deferred tax asset
   
8,839
       
10,314
   
 
  Total current assets
   
141,809
       
127,531
   
                       
 
Property and equipment:
                   
 
Leasehold improvements
   
40,679
       
41,622
   
 
Computer equipment and related software
   
267,902
       
239,732
   
 
Furniture and office equipment
   
23,552
       
26,324
   
 
Capital projects in process
   
11,799
       
17,811
   
       
343,932
       
325,489
   
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
(187,438
)
     
(183,301
)
 
       
156,494
       
142,188
   
                       
 
Other assets
   
21,042
       
10,797
   
                       
 
Intangible assets, net
   
90,228
       
92,997
   
 
Goodwill, net
   
338,695
       
335,392
   
                       
 
Total assets
 
$
748,268
     
$
708,905
   
                       
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
                   




 
36

 

 HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


     
December 31,
     
December 31,
 
     
2012
     
2011
 
 
Current liabilities:
             
 
Accounts payable
$
26,343
   
$
22,578
 
 
Accrued salaries and benefits
 
24,909
     
35,617
 
 
Accrued liabilities
 
39,234
     
28,639
 
 
Deferred revenue
 
5,643
     
9,273
 
 
Contract billings in excess of earned revenue
 
14,793
     
13,154
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
11,801
     
3,725
 
 
Current portion of long-term liabilities
 
5,535
     
5,771
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
128,258
     
118,757
 
                 
 
Long-term debt
 
278,534
     
266,117
 
 
Long-term deferred tax liability
 
36,053
     
26,964
 
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
26,602
     
31,351
 
                 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
             
 
Preferred stock
             
 
      $.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares
             
 
authorized, none outstanding
 
 —
     
 —
 
 
Common stock
             
 
      $.001 par value, 120,000,000 shares authorized,
             
 
        33,924,464 and 33,304,681 shares outstanding
 
34
     
33
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
251,357
     
247,137
 
 
Retained earnings
 
56,541
     
48,517
 
 
  Treasury stock, at cost, 2,254,953 shares in treasury
 
(28,182
)
   
(28,182
)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(929
)
   
(1,789
)
 
  Total stockholders’ equity
 
278,821
     
265,716
 
                 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
748,268
   
$
708,905
 
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
             

 
37

 

 HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except earnings per share data)


         
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
         
2012
   
2011
   
2010
     
Revenues
     
$
677,170
 
$
688,765 
 
$
720,333
     
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization of $36,094, $36,248, and $39,203, respectively, included below)
       
533,880
   
510,724 
   
493,713
     
Selling, general and administrative expenses
       
60,888
   
64,843 
   
72,830
     
Depreciation and amortization
       
51,734
   
49,988 
   
52,756
     
Impairment loss
       
   
183,288 
   
     
Restructuring and related charges
       
1,773 
   
9,036 
   
10,258
     
                             
Operating income (loss)
       
28,895
   
(129,114
)
 
90,776
     
Gain on sale of investment
       
— 
   
— 
   
(1,163
)
   
Interest expense
       
14,149 
   
13,193 
   
14,164
     
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
       
14,746
   
(142,307
)
 
77,775
     
Income tax expense
       
6,722 
   
15,386 
   
30,445
     
                             
Net income (loss)
     
$
8,024
 
$
(157,693
)
$
47,330
     
                             
Earnings (loss) per share:
                           
Basic
     
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.39
     
                             
    Diluted (1)
     
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.36
     
                             
                             
Weighted average common shares and equivalents
                           
Basic
       
33,597 
   
33,677 
   
34,129
     
Diluted (1)
       
33,836 
   
33,677 
   
34,902
     
                             
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
         
             
 
(1) The assumed exercise of stock-based compensation awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.
         
             



 
38

 

HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
     
2012
   
2011
 
2010
 
                     
 
Net income (loss)
$
8,024
 
$
(157,693
)
$
47,330
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
                 
 
   Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of income taxes of $493, $1,109, and $12, respectively
 
780
   
1,714
   
20
 
 
   Foreign currency translation adjustment
 
80
   
(70
)
 
656
 
 
   Total other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
860
   
1,644
   
676
 
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
$
8,884
 
$
(156,049
)
$
48,006
 
                     
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
                 


 
39

 


HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

                     
Accumulated
     
           
Additional
       
Other
     
   
Preferred
 
Common
 
Paid-in
 
Retained
 
Treasury
Comprehensive
     
   
Stock
 
Stock
 
Capital
 
Earnings
 
Stock
Loss
 
Total
 
Balance, December 31, 2009
   
$—
   
$34
   
$222,472
   
$158,880
 
 
 $(4,109
)
 
$377,277
 
Comprehensive income
   
   
   
   
47,330
 
 
676
   
48,006
 
Repurchases of common stock
   
 —
   
   
   
 
(4,494
)
   
(4,494
)
Exercise of stock options
   
 —
   
  —
   
1,133
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
1,133
 
Tax effect of stock options and restricted
stock units
   
 —
   
 —
   
(2,531
)
 
 —
 
 
 —
   
(2,531
)
Share-based employee compensation expense
   
 —
   
 —
   
11,450
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
11,450
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
   
$—
   
$34
   
$232,524
   
$206,210
 
 
$(4,494
)
 $(3,433
)
 
$430,841
 
Comprehensive loss
   
   
   
   
(157,693
)
 
1,644
   
(156,049
)
Repurchases of common stock
   
 —
   
(2
)
 
   
 
(23,688
)
   
(23,690
)
Exercise of stock options
   
 —
   
  1
   
4,824
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
4,825
 
Tax effect of stock options and restricted
stock units
   
 —
   
 —
   
(2,719
)
 
 —
 
 
 —
   
(2,719
)
Share-based employee compensation expense
   
 —
   
 —
   
9,246
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
9,246
 
Issuance of stock in conjunction with Navvis Acquisition
   
 —
   
 —
   
3,262
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
3,262
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
   
$—
   
$33
   
$247,137
   
$48,517
 
$(28,182
)
 $(1,789
)
 
$265,716
 
Comprehensive income
   
   
   
   
8,024
 
 
860
   
8,884
 
Exercise of stock options
   
 —
   
  1
   
2,834
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
2,835
 
Tax effect of stock options and restricted
stock units
   
 —
   
 —
   
(5,043
)
 
 —
 
 
 —
   
(5,043
)
Share-based employee compensation expense
   
 —
   
 —
   
6,371
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
6,371
 
Issuance of stock in conjunction with Ascentia Acquisition
 
 
 —
   
 —
   
58
   
 —
 
 
 —
   
58
 
Balance, December 31, 2012
   
$—
   
$34
   
$251,357
   
$56,541
 
$(28,182
)
 $(929
)
 
$278,821
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 
40

 

 HEALTHWAYS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
     
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
     
                       
Cash flows from operating activities:
                     
Net income (loss)
$
8,024
 
$
(157,693)
 
$
47,330
     
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
                 
operating activities, net of business acquisitions:
                     
Depreciation and amortization
 
51,734
   
49,988
   
52,756
     
Gain on sale of investment
 
 -
   
 -
   
(1,163)
     
Impairment loss
 
 -
   
      183,288
   
 -
     
Amortization of deferred loan costs
 
          2,284
   
1,894
   
1,827
     
Share-based employee compensation expense
 
6,371
   
9,246
   
11,450
     
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
            (492)
   
(433)
   
(1,067)
     
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net
 
(23,439)
   
(7,452)
   
12,207
     
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
 
          2,984
   
6,960
   
(159)
     
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
 
(995)
   
1,466
   
(2,256)
     
Decrease in accrued salaries and benefits
 
       (12,980)
   
(8,932)
   
(19,715)
     
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities
 
13,637
   
2,676
   
(45,206)
     
Deferred income taxes
 
         (1,334)
   
(3,572)
   
16,682
     
Other
 
(5,096)
   
(1,144)
   
201
     
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
 
40,698
   
76,292
   
72,887
     
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                     
Acquisition of property and equipment
 
(48,912)
   
(49,290)
   
(44,431)
     
Sale of investment
 
 -
   
-
   
1,163
     
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and equity investments
(4,693)
   
(23,523)
   
-
     
Other
 
        (6,872)
   
(6,889)
   
(5,581)
     
Net cash flows used in investing activities
 
(60,477)
   
(79,702)
   
(48,849)
     
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                     
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
 
755,550
   
439,621
   
656,997
     
Deferred loan costs
 
        (2,547)
   
 -
   
(3,219)
     
Repurchases of common stock
 
 -
   
 (23,690)
   
 (4,494)
     
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
492
   
433
   
1,067
     
Exercise of stock options
 
          2,835
   
4,825
   
1,133
     
Payments of long-term debt
 
(736,355)
   
(417,490)
   
(673,188)
     
Change in outstanding checks and other
 
              582
   
(709)
   
(3,717)
     
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
 
20,557
   
2,990
   
(25,421)
     
                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
 
117
   
220
   
91
     
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
895
   
(200)
   
(1,292)
     
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
 
864
   
1,064
   
2,356
     
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
 
1,759
   
864
   
1,064
     
                       
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                     
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
12,001
 
$
11,106
 
$
12,137
     
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
$
2,282
 
$
7,874
 
$
13,231
     
                       
Noncash Activities:
                     
Assets acquired through capital lease obligations
$
 -
 
$
 -
 
$
8,435
     
Issuance of unregistered common stock associated with Navvis acquisition
$
 -
 
$
3,262
 
$
 -
     
Issuance of unregistered common stock associated with Ascentia acquisition
$
 58
 
$
 -
 
$
 -
     
                       
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
                 

 
41

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010

1.           Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Healthways, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries provide specialized, comprehensive solutions to help people improve physical, emotional and social well-being, thereby reducing both direct healthcare costs and associated costs from the loss of health-related employee productivity.  In North America, our customers include health plans, employers, integrated healthcare systems, hospitals, physicians, and government entities in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide health improvement programs and services in Brazil, Australia, and France.  

a.  Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned by the Company.  We have eliminated all intercompany profits, transactions and balances.

b.  Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents primarily include cash, tax-exempt debt instruments, commercial paper, and other short-term investments with original maturities of less than three months.

c.  Accounts Receivable, net - Billed receivables primarily represent fees that are contractually due in the ordinary course of providing our services, net of contractual adjustments and allowances for doubtful accounts.  Unbilled receivables primarily represent fees for services based on the estimated utilization of fitness facilities, which are generally billed in the following month, and certain performance-based fees that are billed when performance metrics are met and reconciled with the customer.  Historically, we have experienced minimal instances of customer non-payment and therefore consider our accounts receivable to be collectible, but we provide reserves, when appropriate, for doubtful accounts and for billing adjustments (such as data reconciliation differences) on a specific identification basis.

d.  Property and Equipment - Property and equipment is carried at cost and includes expenditures that increase value or extend useful lives.  We recognize depreciation using the straight-line method over useful lives of three to seven years for computer software and hardware and four to seven years for furniture and other office equipment.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the life of the lease, which ranges from two to fifteen years.  Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $39.1 million, $36.6 million, and $40.4 million, respectively, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases.

Net computer software at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $103.7 million and $76.7 million, respectively.  Depreciation expense related to computer software for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $24.9 million, $21.4 million, and $24.3 million, respectively

e.  Other Assets - Other assets consist primarily of long-term investments, long-term customer incentives, and deferred loan costs net of accumulated amortization.

f.  Intangible Assets - Intangible assets subject to amortization primarily include customer contracts, acquired technology, patents, distributor and provider networks, a perpetual license, and other intangible assets which we amortize on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from one to 25 years.  We assess the potential impairment of intangible assets subject to amortization whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets not subject to amortization at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of a trade name of $29.0 million.  We review intangible assets not subject to amortization on an annual basis or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired.  See Note 4 for further information on intangible assets.

g.  Goodwill - We recognize goodwill for the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of businesses that we acquire.

 
42

 
We review goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis (during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year) or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on the reporting unit expected to benefit from the combination.

We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market-based approach, and we reconcile the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization.

h. Contract Billings in Excess of Earned Revenue - Contract billings in excess of earned revenue primarily represent performance-based fees subject to refund that we have not recognized as revenues because either (1) data from the customer is insufficient or incomplete to measure performance; or (2) interim performance measures indicate that we are not currently meeting performance targets.

i. Income Taxes - We file a consolidated federal income tax return that includes all of our domestic wholly owned subsidiaries.  Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) generally require that we record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between the book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.  We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

j. Revenue Recognition - Our fees are generally billed on a per member per month (“PMPM”) basis or upon member participation.  For PMPM fees, we generally determine our contract fees by multiplying the contractually negotiated PMPM rate by the number of members covered by our services during the month.  We typically set PMPM rates during contract negotiations with customers based on the value we expect our programs to create and a sharing of that value between the customer and the Company.  In addition, some of our services, such as the Healthways SilverSneakers ® fitness solution, include fees that are based upon member participation.

Our contracts with health plans and integrated healthcare systems generally range from three to five years with a number of comprehensive strategic agreements extending to ten years in length.  Contracts with self-insured employers typically have two to four-year terms. Some of our contracts allow the customer to terminate early.

Some of our contracts place a portion of our fees at risk based on achieving certain performance metrics, cost savings, and/or clinical outcomes improvements (“performance-based”).  Approximately 7% of revenues recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 were performance-based and were subject to final reconciliation as of December 31, 2012.

We recognize revenue as follows: (1) we recognize the fixed portion of PMPM fees and fees for service as revenue during the period we perform our services; and (2) we recognize performance-based revenue based on the most recent assessment of our performance, which represents the amount that the customer would legally be obligated to pay if the contract were terminated as of the latest balance sheet date.

We generally bill our customers each month for the entire amount of the fees contractually due for the prior month’s enrollment, which typically includes the amount, if any, that is performance-based and may be subject to refund should we not meet performance targets.  Fees for service are typically billed in the month after the services are provided.  Deferred revenues arise from contracts that permit upfront billing and collection of fees covering the entire contractual service period, generally 12 months.  A limited number of our contracts provide for certain performance-based fees that cannot be billed until after they are reconciled with the customer.

We generally assess our level of performance for our contracts based on medical claims and other data that the customer is contractually required to supply.  A minimum of four to nine months’ data is typically
 
 
43

 
required for us to measure performance.  In assessing our performance, we may include estimates such as medical claims incurred but not reported and a medical cost trend compared to a baseline year.  In addition, we may also provide contractual allowances for billing adjustments (such as data reconciliation differences) as appropriate.

If data is insufficient or incomplete to measure performance, or interim performance measures indicate that we are not meeting performance targets, we do not recognize performance-based fees subject to refund as revenues but instead record them in a current liability account entitled “contract billings in excess of earned revenue.”  Only in the event we do not meet performance levels by the end of the measurement period, typically one year, are we contractually obligated to refund some or all of the performance-based fees.  We would only reverse revenues that we had already recognized if performance to date in the measurement period, previously above targeted levels, subsequently dropped below targeted levels.  Historically, any such adjustments have been immaterial to our financial condition and results of operations.

During the settlement process under a contract, which generally occurs six to eight months after the end of a contract year, we settle any performance-based fees and reconcile healthcare claims and clinical data.  As of December 31, 2012, cumulative performance-based revenues that have not yet been settled with our customers but that have been recognized in the current and prior years totaled approximately $41.3 million, all of which were based on actual data received from our customers.  Data reconciliation differences, for which we provide contractual allowances until we reach agreement with respect to identified issues, can arise between the customer and us due to customer data deficiencies, omissions, and/or data discrepancies.

Performance-related adjustments (including any amounts recorded as revenue that were ultimately refunded), changes in estimates, or data reconciliation differences may cause us to recognize or reverse revenue in a current fiscal year that pertains to services provided during a prior fiscal year.  During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recognized a net increase in revenue of $9.2 million, $2.9 million, and $25.8 million that related to services provided prior to each respective year.
 
k.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share – We calculate basic earnings (loss) per share using weighted average common shares outstanding during the period.  We calculate diluted earnings (loss) per share using weighted average common shares outstanding during the period plus the effect of all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period unless the impact would be anti-dilutive.  See Note 16 for a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.
 
l.   Share-Based Compensation – We recognize all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, in the consolidated statements of operations based on estimated fair values at the date of grant.  See Note 13 for further information on share-based compensation.

m. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – We record all derivatives at estimated fair value as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and recognize the unrealized gains and losses in either the consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations, depending on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument.  As permitted under our master netting arrangements, the fair value amounts of our derivative instruments are presented on a net basis by counterparty in the consolidated balance sheets.  See Note 6 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

n. Management Estimates – In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management must make estimates and assumptions that affect: (1) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and (2) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.           Recent Accounting Standards

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.”  This standard eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and requires an entity to present net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement or
 
 
44

 
in two separate but consecutive statements.  In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” which defers the requirement to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income while the FASB further deliberates this aspect of the proposal. ASU No. 2011-05, as amended by ASU No. 2011-12, is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011.  We adopted this standard for the interim period beginning January 1, 2012 and elected to present net income and other comprehensive income in one continuous statement for our quarterly filings on Form 10-Q and in two separate but consecutive statements for our annual filings on Form 10-K.  The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.”  ASU No. 2012-02 permits an entity to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value.  If the entity concludes that this is the case, it must perform the currently prescribed quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying value.  Otherwise, the quantitative impairment test is not required. ASU No. 2012-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with earlier adoption permitted.  We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02 which requires companies to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the accompanying notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, Entities are required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail on those amounts. ASU No. 2013-02 is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012.  We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, cash flows, or notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
3.           Goodwill

The change in carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 is shown below:

 
(In thousands)
       
 
Balance, December 31, 2009
   
$
496,446
 
 
HealthHonors purchase price adjustment
     
(181
)
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
     
496,265
 
 
Navvis purchase
     
21,527
 
 
Impairment loss
     
(182,400
)
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
     
335,392
 
 
Ascentia purchase
     
3,303
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2012
   
$
338,695
 

In October 2009, we acquired HealthHonors, a behavioral economics company that specializes in behavior change science and optimized use of incentives, for a net cash payment of $14.5 million and a multi-year earn-out arrangement with an acquisition date fair value of $3.0 million.  In 2010, we recorded a purchase price adjustment related to this acquisition of $0.2 million.

 
45

 
In August 2011, we acquired Navvis & Company (“Navvis”), a firm that provides strategic counsel and change management services to healthcare systems for $23.7 million in cash.  In addition, we issued 432,902 unregistered shares of our common stock which were valued in the aggregate at $3.3 million.

We performed a quantitative goodwill impairment review during the fourth quarter of 2011 (see Note 7), and as a result of changes in our long-term projections related to the wind-down of our contract with CIGNA, we recorded a $182.4 million goodwill impairment loss.

In April 2012, we acquired Ascentia Health Care Solutions (“Ascentia”), a firm that supports and promotes population health management, patient centered programs, payer strategies and physician practice enhancement programs, for $5.5 million in cash.  In addition, we issued 14,409 unregistered shares of our common stock which were valued in the aggregate at $0.1 million.

4.           Intangible Assets

Intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2012 consisted of the following:

     
Gross Carrying
   
Accumulated
       
 
(In thousands)
 
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Net
 
                     
 
Customer contracts
 
$
59,305
   
$
44,571
   
$
14,734
 
 
Acquired technology
   
29,287
     
24,299
     
4,988
 
 
Patents
   
24,337
     
12,723
     
11,614
 
 
Distributor and provider networks
   
8,709
     
6,669
     
2,040
 
 
Perpetual license to survey-based data
   
29,000
     
2,708
     
26,292
 
 
Other
   
5,097
     
3,586
     
1,511
 
 
Total
 
$
155,735
   
$
94,556
   
$
61,179
 

Intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

     
Gross Carrying
   
Accumulated
       
 
(In thousands)
 
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Net
 
                     
 
Customer contracts
 
$
59,240
   
$
37,763
   
$
21,477
 
 
Acquired technology
   
26,757
     
23,129
     
3,628
 
 
Patents
   
24,125
     
10,205
     
13,920
 
 
Distributor and provider networks
   
8,709
     
6,148
     
2,561
 
 
Perpetual license to survey-based data
   
21,956
     
1,607
     
20,349
 
 
Other
   
5,067
     
3,054
     
2,013
 
 
Total
 
$
145,854
   
$
81,906
   
$
63,948
 

Intangible assets subject to amortization are being amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from one to 25 years.  Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, was $12.6 million, $13.4 million, and $12.4 million, respectively.  The following table summarizes the estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years and thereafter:


 
46

 
 
(In thousands)
   
 
Year ending December 31 ,
   
 
2013
$
12,515
 
 
2014
 
11,087
 
 
2015
 
6,557
 
 
2016
 
4,785
 
 
2017
 
3,129
 
 
2018 and thereafter
 
23,106
 
 
    Total
$
61,179
 
 
 
Intangible assets not subject to amortization at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consist of a trade name of $29.0 million.  In the fourth quarter of 2011, we decided to discontinue the use of one of our trade names. As a result of this decision, we recorded an impairment loss of $0.9 million in December 2011 to write off this intangible asset.

 
5.             Income Taxes

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

 
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
   
     
2012
 
2011
 
2010
   
                     
 
Current taxes
                 
 
Federal
$
(1,271
)
$
9,388
$
8,614
   
 
State
 
774
   
2,109
 
2,719
   
 
  Foreign
 
1,754
   
1,707
 
196
   
 
Deferred taxes
                 
 
Federal
 
4,803
   
2,169
 
16,148
   
 
State
 
413
   
438
 
1,964
   
 
Foreign
 
249
   
(425
)
804
   
 
Total
$
6,722
 
$
15,386
$
30,445
   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The following table sets forth the significant components of our net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
47

 

 
(In thousands)
 
December 31,
     
December 31,
 
     
2012
     
2011
 
                 
 
Deferred tax asset:
                 
 
Accruals and reserves
 
$
10,910
     
$
10,068
 
 
Deferred compensation
   
6,597
       
9,754
 
 
Share-based payments
   
12,213
       
15,418
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
   
7,914
       
7,351
 
 
Other assets and liabilities
   
1,533
       
1,991
 
       
39,167
       
44,582
 
 
Valuation allowance
   
(3,242
)
     
(2,957
)
     
$
35,925
     
$
41,625
 
 
Deferred tax liability:
                 
 
Property and equipment
 
$
(47,317
)
   
$
(39,447
)
 
Intangible assets
   
(15,700
)
     
(17,998
)
 
Other assets and liabilities
   
(122
)
     
(830
)
       
(63,139
)
     
(58,275
)
 
Net deferred tax liability
 
$
(27,214
)
   
$
(16,650
)
                     
 
Net current deferred tax asset
 
$
8,839
     
$
10,314
 
 
Net long-term deferred tax liability
   
(36,053
)
     
(26,964
)
     
$
(27,214
)
   
$
(16,650
)

Based on the Company’s historical and expected future taxable earnings, we believe it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of the existing deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, at December 31, 2012.

For 2012, 2011, and 2010, the tax benefit of share-based compensation, excluding the tax benefit related to the deferred tax asset for share-based payments, was recorded as additional paid-in capital.  We recorded a tax effect of $0.5 million in 2012, a tax effect of $1.1 million in 2011, and an immaterial tax effect in 2010 related to our interest rate swap agreements (see Note 6) to stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

At December 31, 2012, we had international net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $12.4 million with an indefinite carryforward period, approximately $11.0 million of federal loss carryforwards originating from acquired entities, and approximately $16.0 million of state loss carryforwards.  We have provided a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets associated with our international net operating loss carryforwards.  The federal loss carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, and expire in 2021 if not utilized.  The state loss carryforwards are expected to be fully utilized during 2013.

The difference between income tax expense computed using the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:
 
 
48

 
 
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
 
     
2012
   
2011
 
2010
 
                     
 
Statutory federal income tax
$
5,161
 
$
(49,808
)
$
27,221
 
 
Non-deductible goodwill impairment expense
 
   
61,785
   
 
 
State income taxes, less federal income tax benefit
 
453
   
1,520
   
3,318
 
 
Permanent items
 
389
   
434
   
(477
)
 
Change in valuation allowance
 
285
   
972
   
337
 
 
Prior year tax adjustments
 
263
   
150
   
(55
)
 
Other
 
171
   
333
   
101
 
 
Income tax expense
$
6,722
 
$
15,386
 
$
30,445
 

Uncertain Tax Positions

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had $1.3 and $1.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate.  Due to a scheduled lapse of statute in 2013, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced by $1.1 million during the next 12 months.  Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During 2012, 2011, and 2010, we included an immaterial amount of net interest related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest, were as follows:

 
(In thousands)
       
           
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010
$
1,072
   
 
Increases based upon tax positions related to prior years
 
320
   
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011
$
1,392
   
 
Decreases based upon tax positions related to prior years
 
(44
)
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012
$
1,348
   

We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  Tax years remaining subject to examination in these jurisdictions include 2009 to present.

6.           Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We use derivative instruments to manage risks related to interest rates and foreign currencies.  We record all derivatives at estimated fair value as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and recognize the unrealized gains and losses in either the consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations, depending on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument.  As permitted under our master netting arrangements, the fair value amounts of our derivative instruments are presented on a net basis by counterparty in the consolidated balance sheets.
Interest Rate

In order to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our floating rate debt commitments, we maintain interest rate swap agreements that effectively modify our exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of our floating rate debt to fixed obligations, thus reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense.  Under these agreements, we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR (as defined in Note 8), and we pay a fixed rate of interest with interest rates ranging from 0.370% to 3.385% plus a spread (see Note 8).  We maintain interest rate swap agreements with current notional amounts of $430.0 million and termination dates ranging from June 30, 2013 to December 31, 2016.  Of this amount, $180.0
 
 
49

 
million was effective at December 31, 2012, $30.0 million became effective in January 2013, $110.0 million will become effective in June 2013, $60.0 million will become effective in November 2013, and $50.0 million will become effective in 2015, as older interest rate swap agreements expire.  We have designated these interest rate swap agreements as qualifying cash flow hedges.  We currently meet the hedge accounting criteria under U.S. GAAP in accounting for these interest rate swap agreements.

Foreign Currency

We enter into foreign currency options and/or forward contracts in order to minimize our earnings exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.  Our foreign currency exchange contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP.  We routinely monitor our foreign currency exposures to maximize the overall effectiveness of our foreign currency hedge positions.  We do not execute transactions or hold derivative financial instruments for trading or other purposes.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

The estimated gross fair values of derivative instruments at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, excluding the impact of netting derivative assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists, were as follows:

     
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
   
 
(In thousands)
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
Interest rate swap agreements
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
 
Interest rate swap agreements
   
 
Assets:
                 
 
  Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                 
 
      Other current assets
 
$73
$—
 
$315
 
$—
   
 
Total assets
 
$73
$—
 
$315
 
$—
   
                     
 
  Liabilities:
                 
 
  Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
                 
 
     Accrued liabilities
 
$255
$—
 
$321
 
$—
   
 
 
                 
 
  Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                 
 
     Accrued liabilities
 
1,742
 
 
251
   
 
     Other long-term liabilities
 
1,221
 
 
3,984
   
 
Total liabilities
 
$255
$2,963
 
$321
 
$4,235
   
                     
See also Note 7.

Cash Flow Hedges

Derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recorded at estimated fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with the effective portion of the gains and losses being reported in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“accumulated OCI”).  Cash flow hedges for all periods presented consist solely of interest rate swap agreements.  Gains and losses on these interest rate swap agreements are reclassified to interest expense in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings or the period in which all or a portion of the hedge becomes ineffective.  As of December 31, 2012, we expect to reclassify $2.0 million of net losses on interest rate swap agreements from accumulated OCI to interest expense within the next 12 months due to the scheduled payment of interest associated with our debt.

The following table sets forth the effect of our cash flow hedges on the consolidated balance sheets during the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 
50

 
(In thousands)
     
For the Year Ended
         
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
     
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
   
Loss related to effective portion of derivatives recognized in accumulated OCI, gross of tax effect
     
$2,029
 
$1,913
   
Loss related to effective portion of derivatives reclassified from accumulated OCI to interest expense, gross of tax effect
     
$3,302
 
$4,736
   

Gains and losses representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.  During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, there were no gains or losses on cash flow hedges recognized in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting from hedge ineffectiveness.

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Our foreign currency exchange contracts require current period mark-to-market accounting, with any change in fair value being recorded each period in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in selling, general and administrative expenses.  At December 31, 2012, we had forward contracts with notional amounts of $15.1 million to exchange foreign currencies, primarily the Australian dollar and Euro, that were entered into in order to hedge forecasted foreign net income (loss) and intercompany debt.  These forward contracts did not have a material effect on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

7.           Fair Value Measurements

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value.  Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, assuming the transaction occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy

The hierarchy below lists three levels of fair value based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. We categorize each of our fair value measurements in one of these three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

 
Level 1:  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
 
 
 
Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-based valuation techniques in which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and
 
 
 
Level 3:  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
51

 

 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2012
   
Level 2
   
Gross Fair Value
   
Netting (1)
   
Net Fair Value
     
 
Assets:
                             
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
 
$
73
 
$
73
 
$
(73
)
$
     
 
Liabilities:
                             
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
 
$
255
 
$
255
 
$
(73
)
$
182
     
 
Interest rate swap agreements
   
2,963
   
2,963
   
   
2,963
     

 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2011
   
Level 2
   
Gross Fair Value
   
Netting (1)
   
Net Fair Value
     
 
Assets:
                             
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
 
$
315
 
$
315
 
$
(212
)
$
103
     
 
Liabilities:
                             
 
Foreign currency exchange contracts
 
$
321
 
$
321
 
$
(212
)
$
109
     
 
Interest rate swap agreements
   
4,235
   
4,235
   
   
4,235
     

(1) This column reflects the impact of netting derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists.

The fair values of forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued using broker quotations of similar assets or liabilities in active markets.  The fair values of interest rate swap agreements are primarily determined based on the present value of future cash flows using internal models and third-party pricing services with observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curves and applicable credit spreads.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

We measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, including the following:

·  
reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test; and
·  
indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Each of the assets above is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we reviewed goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment).  The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received to sell the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  We may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value.  However, we elected not to perform a qualitative assessment, instead proceeding to the quantitative review described below.

We estimated the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market-based approach, and we reconciled the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization.  Estimating fair value requires significant judgments, including management’s estimate of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rate for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, determination of our weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value and goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.  We determined that the carrying value of goodwill was not impaired based upon the impairment review.

Also during the fourth quarter of 2012, we estimated the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible asset, which consisted of a trade name, using a present value technique, which required management’s
 
 
52

 
estimate of future revenues attributable to this trade name, estimation of the long-term growth rate and royalty rate for this revenue, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value for the trade name.  We determined that the carrying value of the trade name was not impaired based upon the impairment review.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

In addition to foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements, the estimated fair values of which are disclosed above, the estimated fair value of each class of financial instruments at December 31, 2012 was as follows:
 
 
·
Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount of $1.8 million approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments (less than three months).
 
 
·
Long-term debt – The estimated fair value of outstanding borrowings under the Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (the “Fifth Amended Credit Agreement”), which includes a revolving credit facility and a term loan facility (see Note 8), is determined based on the fair value hierarchy as discussed above.  The revolving credit facility and the term loan facility are not actively traded and therefore are classified as Level 2 valuations based on the market for similar instruments.  The estimated fair value is based on the average of the prices set by the issuing bank given current market conditions and is not necessarily indicative of the amount we could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value and carrying amount of outstanding borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement at December 31, 2012 are $286.9 million and $287.6 million, respectively.  Under the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, which was in effect through June 7, 2012, the term loan was actively traded and was classified as a Level 1 valuation based on the market for identical instruments.

8.           Long-Term Debt

On June 8, 2012, we entered into the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement provides us with a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that expires on June 8, 2017 and includes a swingline sub facility of $20.0 million and a $75.0 million sub facility for letters of credit.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also provides a $200.0 million term loan facility that matures on June 8, 2017, $195.0 million of which remained outstanding on December 31, 2012, and an uncommitted incremental accordion facility of $200.0 million.  As of December 31, 2012, availability under the revolving credit facility totaled $55.0 million as calculated under the most restrictive covenant.

Borrowings under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement generally bear interest at variable rates based on a margin or spread in excess of either (1) the one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month rate (or with the approval of affected lenders, nine-month or twelve-month rate) for Eurodollar deposits ( “LIBOR”) or (2) the greatest of (a) the SunTrust Bank prime lending rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% (the “Base Rate”), as selected by the Company.  The LIBOR margin varies between 1.75% and 3.00%, and the Base Rate margin varies between 0.75% and 2.00%, depending on our leverage ratio.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also provides for an annual fee ranging between 0.30% and 0.50% of the unused commitments under the revolving credit facility.  Extensions of credit under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement are secured by guarantees from all of the Company’s active domestic subsidiaries and by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s and such subsidiaries’ assets.

We are required to repay outstanding revolving loans under the revolving credit facility on June 8, 2017. We are required to repay term loans in quarterly principal installments aggregating (1) 1.250% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the eight quarters beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2012, (2) 1.875% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the next four quarters beginning with the quarter ending September 30, 2014, (3) 2.500% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loans during each of the remaining quarters prior to maturity on June 8, 2017, at which time the entire unpaid principal balance of the term loans is due and payable.   

 
53

 
The following table summarizes the minimum annual principal payments and repayments of the revolving advances under the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 
(In thousands)
     
 
Year ending December 31,
     
 
2013
 
$
10,000
 
 
2014
   
12,500
 
 
2015
   
17,500
 
 
2016
   
20,000
 
 
2017
   
227,575
 
 
2018 and thereafter
   
 
 
    Total
 
$
287,575
 

The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain specified ratios or levels of (1) total funded debt to EBITDA and (2) fixed charge coverage.  The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement also limits repurchases of the Company’s common stock and the amount of dividends that the Company can pay to holders of its common stock.  As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenant requirements of the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement.

The Fifth Amended Credit Agreement contains various other affirmative and negative covenants that are typical for financings of this type.

On February 5, 2013, we entered into a First Amendment to the Fifth Amended Credit Agreement, which provided for, among other things, a temporary increase in the LIBOR margin and Base Rate margin of 0.25% through December 31, 2013, only in the event that our total funded debt to EBITDA ratio is greater than or equal to 3.50.

As described in Note 6 above, as of December 31, 2012, we are a party to interest rate swap agreements for which we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR and for which we pay a fixed rate of interest.

9.           Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of deferred rent (see Note 12), a deferred compensation plan, and accrued performance cash (if pre-established performance metrics are met).

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan under which certain employees may defer a portion of their salaries and receive a Company matching contribution plus a discretionary contribution based on the Company’s performance against targets.  Company contributions vest equally over four years.  We do not fund the plan and carry it as an unsecured obligation.  Participants in the plan elect payout dates for their account balances, which can be no earlier than four years from the period of the deferral.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, other long-term liabilities included vested amounts under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan of $6.6 and $7.6 million, respectively, net of the current portions of $4.1 and $4.0 million, respectively.  For the next five years ended December 31, we must make estimated plan payments of $4.1 million, $0.8 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

In addition, under our stock incentive plan, we issue performance-based cash awards to certain employees based on pre-established performance metrics. Based on achievement of the performance metrics, the awards vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and are paid shortly thereafter.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, other long-term liabilities included accrued performance cash amounts of $0.0 and $2.5 million, respectively, net of the current portions of $2.0 million and $6.0 million, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, we must make estimated performance cash payments of $2.0 million and $0.0 thereafter.

 
54

 
10.           Restructuring and Related Charges and Impairment Loss
 
In December 2012, we began a restructuring of the Company (the “2012 Restructuring”), which was largely completed by the end of 2012, primarily focused on capacity realignment.  Through December 31, 2012, we had incurred cumulative net cash and non-cash charges of approximately $1.8 million related to this restructuring, which primarily consisted of one-time termination benefits.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, these charges were presented as a separate line item in the consolidated statement of operations.  We do not expect to incur significant additional costs or adjustments related to this restructuring.

In November 2011, we began a restructuring of the Company (the “2011 Restructuring”), which was largely completed by the end of 2011, primarily focused on aligning our capacity requirements and organizational structure following CIGNA’s decision to wind-down its contract beginning in 2012.  The majority of these charges were presented as a separate line item in the consolidated statement of operations.  We do not expect to incur significant additional costs or adjustments related to this restructuring.

In November 2010, we began a restructuring of the Company (the “2010 Restructuring”), which was largely completed by the end of 2010, primarily focused on aligning resources with current and emerging markets and consolidating operating capacity.  The majority of these charges were presented as a separate line item in the consolidated statement of operations.  We do not expect to incur significant additional costs or adjustments related to this restructuring.

The change in accrued restructuring and related charges related to the 2012 Restructuring, 2011 Restructuring, and 2010 Restructuring activities described above during the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 
(In thousands)
 
2012
   
2011
   
2010
       
     
Restructuring
   
Restructuring (1)
   
Restructuring (2)
   
Total
 
 
Accrued restructuring and related charges
at December 31, 2009
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
 
Additions
 
   
   
8,507
   
8,507
 
 
Payments
 
   
   
(900
)
 
(900
)
 
Adjustments
 
   
   
   
 
 
Accrued restructuring and related charges
at December 31, 2010
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
7,607
   
7,607
 
 
Additions
 
   
8,430
   
   
8,430
 
 
Payments
 
   
(4
)
 
(5,124
)
 
(5,128
)
 
Adjustments
 
   
   
(900
)
(3)
(900
)
 
Accrued restructuring and related charges    
at December 31, 2011
$
 
 
$
 
8,426
 
$
 
1,583
   
 
10,009
 
 
Additions
 
1,773
   
   
   
1,773
 
 
Payments
 
   
(7,368
)
 
(822
)
 
(8,190
)
 
Adjustments
 
   
(504
)
(4)
(132
)
(3)
(636
)
 
Accrued restructuring and related charges
at December 31, 2012
$
 
1,773
 
$
 
554
 
$
 
629
   
 
2,956
 

(1) Excludes non-cash charges of approximately $0.6 million, which primarily consisted of share-based compensation costs.

(2) Excludes non-cash charges of approximately $1.8 million, which primarily consisted of share-based compensation costs.

(3)   Adjustments resulted primarily from a favorable adjustment to lease termination costs due to a sublease of certain unused office space.

(4)   Adjustments resulted primarily from actual employee tax and benefit amounts differing from previous estimates.
 
55

 

In December 2011, we recorded an impairment loss of $183.3 million which consisted of a goodwill impairment loss of $182.4 million (see Note 3) and an intangible asset write-off of $0.9 million (see Note 4).

11.           Commitments and Contingencies

Contract Dispute

We currently are involved in a contractual dispute with Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota regarding fees paid to us as part of a former contractual relationship.  On January 25, 2010, Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota issued notice of arbitration with the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis alleging a violation of certain contract provisions.  We believe we performed our services in compliance with the terms of our agreement and that the assertions made in the arbitration notice are without merit.  On August 3, 2011, we asserted numerous counterclaims against Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota.  We are not able to reasonably estimate a range of potential losses, if any, related to this dispute.

Anti-Trust Lawsuit

On May 1, 2012, American Specialty Health Group (“ASH”) amended a claim (the “Amended Claim”) that it had previously filed against the Company in the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of California (“Court”) on December 2, 2011 (the “Original Claim”).  The Original Claim alleged that the Company’s exclusivity provisions in some of its contracts with participating locations in its SilverSneakers fitness network violate California’s Unfair Competition Law (“UCL”) and that the Company interfered with ASH’s contractual relations and prospective economic advantages.  The Amended Claim added allegations that the Company is in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act (the “Act”) because such exclusivity provisions create illegal restraints on trade and constitute monopolization or attempted monopolization in violation of the Act.  Under the Amended Claim, ASH is seeking damages in excess of $15,000,000, treble damages under the Act, and injunctive relief.  The Company has asserted counterclaims against ASH for interference and violation of the UCL, and on October 12, 2012, the Court granted the Company’s motion to add an additional counterclaim that ASH has falsely advertised the composition of its fitness facility network in violation of the Lanham Act.

We believe ASH’s claims are without merit and intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the Amended Claim.

Performance Award Lawsuit
 
On September 4, 2012, Milton Pfeiffer (“Plaintiff”), claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a putative derivative action against the Company and the Board of Directors (the “Board”) in Delaware Chancery Court alleging that the Compensation Committee of the Board and the Board breached their fiduciary duties and violated the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) by granting Ben R. Leedle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, discretionary performance awards under the Plan in the form of options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which consisted of a performance award in November 2011 granting Mr. Leedle the right to purchase 365,000 shares and a performance award in February 2012 granting Mr. Leedle the right to purchase 135,000 shares (the “Performance Awards”).  Plaintiff alleges that the Performance Awards exceeded what is authorized by the Plan and that the Company’s 2012 proxy statement, in which the Performance Awards are disclosed, is false and misleading.  Plaintiff also alleges that Mr. Leedle breached his fiduciary duties and was unjustly enriched by receiving the Performance Awards.  Plaintiff is seeking, among other things, the rescission or disgorgement of all alleged “excess” awards granted to Mr. Leedle under the Performance Awards, to recover any incidental damages to the Company, and an award of attorneys’ fees and expenses.  On November 2, 2012, the Company and the Board filed a Motion to Dismiss because Plaintiff failed to make a demand upon the Board as required by Delaware law.
 
 
56

 
Outlook

We are also subject to other contractual disputes, claims and legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business.  While we are unable to estimate a range of potential losses, we do not believe that any of the legal proceedings pending against us as of the date of this report will have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or financial condition.  As these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, our view of these matters may change in the future.

Contractual Commitments

We entered into a 25-year strategic relationship agreement with Gallup in January 2008 and a 5-year global joint venture agreement with Gallup in October 2012.  We have minimum remaining contractual cash obligations of $49.5 million related to these agreements.

In May 2011, we entered into a ten-year applications and technology services outsourcing agreement with HP Enterprise Services, LLC that contains minimum fee requirements.  Total payments over the remaining term, including an estimate for future contractual cost of living adjustments, must equal or exceed a minimum level of approximately $161.2 million; however, based on initial required service and equipment level assumptions, we estimate that the remaining payments will be approximately $331.3 million.  The agreement allows us to terminate all or a portion of the services after the first two years provided we pay certain termination fees, which could be material to the Company.

12.           Leases

We maintain operating lease agreements principally for our corporate office space, our well-being improvement call centers, and our operations support and training offices.  We lease approximately 264,000 square feet of office space in Franklin, Tennessee, which contains our corporate headquarters and one of our well-being improvement call centers.  This lease commenced in March 2008 and expires in February 2023.  We also lease approximately 92,000 square feet of office space in Chandler, Arizona which contains additional corporate colleagues and one of our well-being improvement call centers.  In addition, we lease office space for our eight other well-being improvement call center locations for an aggregate of approximately 224,000 square feet of space with lease terms expiring on various dates from 2013 to 2016.  Our operations support and training offices contain approximately 40,000 square feet in aggregate and have lease terms expiring from 2014 to 2020.

Our corporate office lease agreement contains escalation clauses and provides for two renewal options of five years each at then prevailing market rates.  The base rent for the initial 15-year term ranges from $4.2 million to $6.3 million per year over the term of the lease.  The landlord provided a tenant improvement allowance equal to approximately $10.3 million.  We record leasehold improvement incentives as deferred rent and amortize them as reductions to rent expense over the lease term.
 
 
Most of our operating leases include escalation clauses, some of which are fixed amounts, and some of which reflect changes in price indices.  We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  Certain operating leases contain renewal options to extend the lease for additional periods.  For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, rent expense under lease agreements was approximately $12.9 million, $12.7 million, and $14.2 million, respectively.  Our capital lease obligations, which primarily include computer equipment leases, are included in long-term debt and the current portion of long-term debt.

The following table summarizes our future minimum lease payments, net of total sublease income of $0.7 million, under all capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 
57

 

 
(In thousands)
 
Capital
 
Operating
 
 
Year ending December 31,
 
Leases
 
Leases
 
 
2013
$
1,330
 
$
14,062
 
 
2014
 
951
   
11,816
 
 
2015
 
41
   
10,675
 
 
2016
 
   
9,508
 
 
2017
 
   
9,183
 
 
2018 and thereafter
 
   
41,634
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
$
2,322
 
$
96,878
 
 
Less amount representing interest
 
(156
)
     
 
Present value of minimum lease payments
 
2,166
       
 
Less current portion
 
(1,207
)
     
   
$
959
       

13.        Share-Based Compensation

We have several stockholder-approved stock incentive plans for our employees and directors.  We currently have three types of share-based awards outstanding under these plans: stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock.  We believe that such awards align the interests of our employees and directors with those of our stockholders.

We grant options under these plans at market value on the date of grant, except in the case of certain performance awards which may be granted at a price above market value.  The options generally vest over or at the end of four years based on service conditions and expire seven or ten years from the date of grant.  Restricted stock units and restricted stock awards generally vest over or at the end of four years.  We recognize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.  Options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards generally provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control or normal or early retirement (as defined in the applicable stock incentive plan).  At December 31, 2012, we have reserved approximately 1.1 million shares for future equity grants under our stock incentive plans.

Following are certain amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for share-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.  We did not capitalize any share-based compensation costs during these periods.

     
Year Ended
     
     
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
     
 
(In millions)
 
2012
   
2011
 
2010
   
 
Total share-based compensation
$
6.4
 
$
9.2
 
$
11.5
     
 
Share-based compensation included in cost of services
 
3.0
   
4.1
   
5.0
     
 
Share-based compensation included in selling, general and administrative expenses
 
3.4
   
4.5
   
5.0
     
 
Share-based compensation included in restructuring and related charges
 
   
0.6
   
1.5
     
 
Total income tax benefit recognized
 
2.9
   
1.0
   
4.5
     

As of December 31, 2012, there was $14.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the stock incentive plans.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.
 
 
58

 
Stock Options

We use a lattice-based binomial option valuation model (“lattice binomial model”) to estimate the fair values of stock options.  We base expected volatility on historical volatility due to the low volume of traded options on our stock.  The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the lattice binomial model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  We used historical data to estimate expected option exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior within the lattice binomial model.

The following table sets forth the weighted average grant-date fair values of options and the weighted average assumptions we used to develop the fair value estimates under each of the option valuation models for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

     
Year Ended
December 31,
       
       
2012
   
2011
 
2010
     
 
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options per share
 
$
4.01
 
$
5.94
 
$
7.22
     
                           
 
Assumptions:
                       
 
Expected volatility
   
54.4
%
 
53.0
%
 
51.9
%
   
 
Expected dividends
   
   
   
     
 
Expected term (in years)
   
5.1
   
5.6
   
5.5
     
 
Risk-free rate
   
2.0
%
 
2.4
%
 
3.2
%
   

A summary of option activity as of December 31, 2012 and the changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 
Options
 
Shares (thousands)
 
 
 
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
Per Share
 
 
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
 Term
 
 
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value (thousands)
 
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2012
 
5,659
     
$
17.58
                   
 
Granted
 
854
       
7.81
                   
 
Exercised
 
(402
)
     
7.23
                   
 
Forfeited
 
(606
)
     
10.60
                   
 
Expired
 
(816
)
     
28.75
                   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
 
4,689
     
$
15.65
     
5.5
     
$
2,886
 
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2012
 
2,701
     
$
19.51
     
3.4
     
$
278
 

The total intrinsic value, which represents the difference between the underlying stock’s market price and the option’s exercise price, of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.9 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements during 2012 was $2.8 million.  The actual tax benefit realized during 2012 for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $0.5 million.  We issue new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units (“nonvested shares”) is determined based on the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.  The weighted average grant-date
 
 
59

 
fair value of nonvested shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, was $8.29, $13.26, and $11.32, respectively.

The following table sets forth a summary of our nonvested shares as of December 31, 2012 as well as activity during the year then ended.  The total grant-date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.6 million, $7.4 million, and $10.0 million, respectively.

 
Nonvested Shares
 
Shares (thousands)
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
 
 
Nonvested at January 1, 2012
 
910
 
$
12.22
 
 
Granted
 
573
   
8.29
 
 
Vested
 
(288
)
 
12.40
 
 
Forfeited
 
(182
)
 
10.68
 
 
Nonvested at December 31, 2012
 
1,013
 
$
9.93
 

14.           Sale of Investment

In January 2009, a private company in which we held preferred stock (recorded in “other assets”) was acquired by a third party.  During the second quarter of 2010, we recognized a gain of $1.2 million related to the receipt of a final escrow payment as a result of this sale.

15.           Share Repurchases

Our Board authorized a share repurchase program which was publicly announced on October 21, 2010. The share repurchase program allowed for the repurchase of up to $60 million of our common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions through October 19, 2012. No shares were repurchased between October 1, 2012 and October 19, 2012 pursuant to the program.

Period
   
Total Number of Shares Purchased
     
Average Price Paid per Share
     
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
     
Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
 
                                     
October 1 through 19, 2012
   
       
     
2,254,953
       
 
                                     
Total
   
                             

16.           Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:
 
 
60

 
 
(In thousands except per share data)
    Year Ended December 31,          
 
Numerator:
   
2012
   
2011
 
2010
           
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
8,024
 
$
(157,693
)
$
47,330
           
                                 
 
Denominator:
                             
 
Shares used for basic earnings (loss) per share
   
33,597
   
33,677
   
34,129
           
 
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units outstanding:
                             
 
Non-qualified stock options (1)
   
37
   
   
384
           
 
Restricted stock units (1)
   
202
   
   
389
           
 
Shares used for diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)
   
33,836
   
33,677
   
34,902
           
                                 
 
Earnings per share:
                             
 
Basic
 
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.39
           
 
Diluted (1)
 
$
0.24
 
$
(4.68
)
$
1.36
           
                                 
 
Dilutive securities outstanding not included in the computation of earnings per share because their effect is anti-dilutive:
                             
 
        Non-qualified stock options
   
4,926
   
4,845
   
3,863
           
 
        Restricted stock units
   
193
   
469
   
81
           
                                 
 
(1) The assumed exercise of stock-based compensation awards for the year ended December 31, 2011 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.
       

17.           Stockholder Rights Plan

On June 19, 2000, our Board adopted a stockholder rights plan under which holders of common stock as of June 30, 2000 received preferred stock purchase rights as a dividend at the rate of one right per share.  As amended in June 2004 and July 2006, each right initially entitles its holder to purchase one one-hundredth of a Series A preferred share at $175.00, subject to adjustment.  Upon becoming exercisable, each right will allow the holder (other than the person or group whose actions have triggered the exercisability of the rights), under alternative circumstances, to buy either securities of the Company or securities of the acquiring company (depending on the form of the transaction) having a value of twice the then current exercise price of the rights.

With certain exceptions, each right will become exercisable only when a person or group acquires, or commences a tender or exchange offer for, 15% or more of our outstanding common stock.  Rights will also become exercisable in the event of certain mergers or asset sales involving more than 50% of our assets or earning power.  The rights will expire on June 15, 2014.  Our Board reviews the plan periodically to determine if the maintenance and continuance of the plan is still in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

18.           Employee Benefits

We have a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) available to substantially all of our employees.  Employees can contribute up to a certain percentage of their base compensation as defined in the 401(k) Plan.  The Company matching contributions are subject to vesting requirements.  Company contributions under the 401(k) Plan totaled $2.9 million, $3.5 million, and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

19.           Segment Disclosures

We have aggregated our operating segments into one reportable segment, well-being improvement services.  Our integrated well-being improvement services include disease management, health coaching, and
 
 
61

 
wellness and prevention programs.  It is impracticable for us to report revenues by program.  Further, we report revenues from our external customers on a consolidated basis since well-being improvement is the only service that we provide.

During 2012, we derived approximately 11.5% of our revenues from one customer and during 2011 and 2010, we derived approximately 17% and 19%, respectively, from a separate customer, with no other customer comprising 10% or more of our revenues.

20.           Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)
                                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
First
 
 
 
Second
 
 
 
Third
 
 
 
Fourth
 
         
(1)
                           
(2)
 
Revenues
     
$
165,218
     
$
170,214
     
$
166,559
     
$
175,180
 
Gross margin
     
$
16,300
     
$
32,061
     
$
30,619
     
$
28,217
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
     
$
(4,116
)
   
$
8,732
     
$
8,542
     
$
1,587
 
Net income (loss)
     
$
(2,665
)
   
$
5,057
     
$
5,028
     
$
604
 
                                           
Basic earnings (loss) per share (3)
     
$
(0.08
)
   
$
0.15
     
$
0.15
     
$
0.02
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (3)
     
$
(0.08
)
   
$
0.15
     
$
0.15
     
$
0.02
 
                                           
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
First
 
 
 
Second
 
 
 
Third
 
 
 
Fourth
 
                                       
(1) (4)
 
Revenues
     
$
162,969
     
$
169,596
     
$
176,206
     
$
179,995
 
Gross margin
     
$
32,038
     
$
34,617
     
$
37,645
     
$
37,503
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
     
$
7,368
     
$
10,268
     
$
16,745
     
$
(176,688
)
Net income (loss)
     
$
4,135
     
$
5,778
     
$
9,464
     
$
(177,070
)
                                           
Basic earnings (loss) per share (3)
     
$
0.12
     
$
0.17
     
$
0.28
     
$
(5.32
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (3)
     
$
0.12
     
$
0.17
     
$
0.28
     
$
(5.32
)
                                           

(1)  
The assumed exercise of stock-based compensation awards for this period was not considered in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because the impact would have been anti-dilutive.
 
(2)  
Includes charges related to one-time termination benefits associated with capacity realignment of $1.8 million.
 
(3)  
We calculated earnings per share for each of the quarters based on the weighted average number of shares and dilutive options outstanding for each period.  Accordingly, the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year income per share.
 
(4)  
Includes charges related to one-time termination benefits and costs associated with capacity reduction of $9.0 million and an impairment loss of $183.3 million primarily related to an impairment of goodwill.
 
 
 
62

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders of   Healthways, Inc.

We have audited Healthways, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Healthways, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Healthways, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on   the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Healthways, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Healthways, Inc. and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 15, 2013


 
63

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  Not applicable.
 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2012.  Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.  They are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) rules and forms and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                   Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO framework”), and believes that the COSO framework is a suitable framework for such an evaluation.  Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.
 
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which is included in this Report.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information
 
Not applicable.
 
 
64

 

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information concerning our directors, director nomination procedures, audit committee, audit committee financial experts, code of ethics, and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be included under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” and “Director Compensation” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, information concerning our executive officers is included in Part I of this Report, under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
 
Code of Business Conduct
 
We have adopted a code of business conduct (“ code of conduct”) applicable to our principal executive, financial, and accounting officers. Copies of both the code of conduct, as well as any waiver of a provision of the code of conduct granted to any principal executive, financial, and accounting officers or material amendment to the code of conduct, if any, are available, without charge, on our website at www.healthways.com.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information required by this item will be included under the heading “Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Except as set forth below, information required by this item will be included under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table summarizes information concerning the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2012:

Plan Category (In thousands, except per share data)
Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options
Number of shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding shares reflected in first column)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
4,689
 
$15.65
 
1,064
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
-
Total
4,689
$15.65
1,064

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this item will be included under the heading “Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 
65

 
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this item will be included under the heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 30, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1.           The financial statements filed as part of this Report are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

2.           We have omitted all Financial Statement Schedules because they are not required under the instructions to the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC or the information to be set forth therein is included in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

3.            Exhibits

2.1
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 11, 2006 among Healthways, Inc., Axia Health Management, Inc., and Axia Health Management LLC [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2006, File No. 000-19364]
     
3.1
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2008, File No. 000-19364]
     
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2004, File No. 000-19364]
     
3.3
 
Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 15, 2007, File No. 000-19364]
     
3.4
 
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Bylaws [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2008, File No. 000-19364]
     
4.1
 
Article IV of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (included in Exhibit 3.1)
     
4.2
 
Rights Agreement dated June 19, 2000 between the Company and SunTrust Bank, including the Form of Rights Certificate (Exhibit A), the Form of Summary of Rights (Exhibit B) and the Form of Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (Exhibit C) [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 21, 2000, File No. 000-19364]
     
4.3
 
Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement dated June 15, 2004 between the Company and SunTrust Bank [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 17, 2004, File No. 000-19364]
     
4.4
 
Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement dated July 19, 2006 between the Company and SunTrust Bank [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 19, 2006, File No. 000-19364]
 
66

 

10.1
 
Office Lease dated as of May 4, 2006 by and between the Company and Highwoods/Tennessee Holdings, L.P. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 5, 2006, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.2
 
Master Services Agreement between the Company and HP Enterprise Services, LLC [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, File No. 000-19364] *
     
10.3
 
Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated June 8, 2012 between the Company and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.as Documentation Agent, and U.S. Bank National Association and Fifth Third Bank as Co-Syndication Agents [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.4
 
First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated February 5, 2013 between the Company and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 7, 2013, File No. 000-19364]
 
Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans
     
10.5
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 21, 2012 between the Company and Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
     
10.6
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated November 30, 2012 between the Company and Alfred Lumsdaine
     
10.7
 
Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2010 between the Company and Thomas Cox [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.8
 
Severance Agreement and General Release dated June 28, 2012 between the Company and Thomas Cox [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 2, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.9
 
Employment Agreement dated August 31, 2011 between the Company and Michael R. Farris [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.10
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2012 between the Company and Michael R. Farris

 
67

 
10.11
 
Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2012 between the Company and Peter Choueiri [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.12
 
Employment Agreement dated July 29, 2012 between the Company and Glenn Hargreaves [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.13
 
Employment Agreement dated July 29, 2012 between the Company and Mary Flipse [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.14
 
Amended and Restated Corporate and Subsidiary Capital Accumulation Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.15
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among the Company and the Company's directors [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-41119)]
     
10.16
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
     
10.17
 
1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended  [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2006, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.18
 
Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan  [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2006, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.19
 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.20
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.21
 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Directors) under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.22
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.23
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Cash Award Agreement dated March 3, 2009 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 4, 2009, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.24
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Cash Award Agreement dated May 25, 2011 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, File No. 000-19364]
     
 
 
68

 
10.25
 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.26
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.27
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Cash Award Agreement dated January 18, 2012 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]
     
10.28
 
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
     
10.29
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
     
10.30
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Cash Award Agreement dated February 28, 2013
     
10.31
 
2007 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Cash Award Agreement for Peter Choueiri dated February 28, 2013
     
14.1
 
Code of Business Conduct of Healthways, Inc. [ incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2011, File No. 000-19364]
     
21
 
Subsidiary List
     
23
 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 

31.1
 
Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Ben R. Leedle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer
     
31.2
 
Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Alfred Lumsdaine, Chief Financial Officer
     
32
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Ben R. Leedle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer, and Alfred Lumsdaine, Chief Financial Officer
     
   
*Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as part of an application for confidential treatment pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 

(b)
Exhibits

 
Refer to Item 15(a)(3) above.

(c)
Not applicable

 
69

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

   
HEALTHWAYS, INC
     
March 15, 2013
 
By: /s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
           Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
           Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal
 
 March 15, 2013
    Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
 
Executive Officer)
   
 
/s/ Alfred Lumsdaine
 
 
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
March 15, 2013
    Alfred Lumsdaine
 
 
/s/ Glenn Hargreaves
 
 
 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
March 15, 2013
    Glenn Hargreaves
       
         
/s/ John W. Ballantine
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
March 15, 2013
    John W. Ballantine
       
         
/s/ Thomas G. Cigarran
 
Chairman Emeritus and Director
 
 March 15, 2013
    Thomas G. Cigarran
       
         
/s/ William D. Novelli
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
    William D. Novelli
       
         
/s/ William C. O’Neil, Jr.
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
    William C. O'Neil, Jr.
       
         
/s/    John A. Wickens
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
       John A. Wickens
       
         
/s/ Mary Jane England, M.D.
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
   Mary Jane England, M.D.
       
         
/s/ Alison Taunton-Rigby
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
   Alison Taunton-Rigby
       
         
/s/ Jay C. Bisgard, M.D.
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
    Jay C. Bisgard, M.D.
       
         
/s/ C. Warren Neel
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
   C. Warren Neel
       
         
/s/ Kevin Wills
 
Director
 
 March 15, 2013
   Kevin Wills
       


 
70

 

Exhibit 10.5
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of December 21, 2012 (the “Agreement”), is by and between Healthways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Ben R. Leedle, Jr. (the “Executive”). This Agreement replaces and supersedes any other employment agreement between the Company and Executive.

WHEREAS , the Company desires that the Executive serve or continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer (“President & CEO”) and the Executive desires to hold such position under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
 
 
WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship of the Executive with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE , intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

I.
EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby employs the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

II.
TERM . Subject to termination as stated in Section VI, the term of employment of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the “Term”) shall commence on December 1, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), and shall have a continuous term of two (2) years thereafter.

III.
POSITION . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as President & CEO of the Company performing duties commensurate with the position and such additional duties as the Company shall determine. If asked, the Executive agrees to serve, without any additional compensation, as a director on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and/or the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Company, and/or in one or more officer positions with the Company and/or any subsidiary of the Company. If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary, the Executive shall resign as a director and officer of the Company (and any of its subsidiaries), such resignation to be effective no later than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

IV.
DUTIES . During the Term, the Executive shall devote the Executive’s full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company; provided, however, that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive with the approval of the Company to devote reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities and industry or professional activities, and/or to manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.



V.            COMPENSATION

 
A.
Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary as of the Effective Date is $712,400. Effective January 1 of each calendar year after the Effective Date during the Term of this Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Board (or a committee of the Board) shall review the Executive’s base salary and may increase such amount if and as it may deem advisable. Such initial base salary, as it may be increased during the Term, is defined as the “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and is subject to all proper taxes and withholding. The Base Salary rate at which the Executive is being compensated on the Date of Termination (as defined below) shall be the Base Salary rate used in determining all severance amounts payable to the Executive hereunder.

 
B.
Bonus Plan . Such bonus, if any, as shall be determined, upon the recommendation of the CEO, by the Board (or any designated Committee of the Board comprised solely of independent directors), and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the bonus plan established for the Company (“Bonus Plan”).

 
C.
Long Term Incentive Awards . During the Term, upon the recommendation of the CEO, the Board (or any designated committee of the Board comprised solely of independent directors) will consider, in its sole discretion, long term incentive awards to the Executive pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans.

 
D.
Other Benefits . In addition to the benefits specifically provided for herein, during the Term the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all benefit plans maintained by the Company for officers generally according to the terms of such plans.

VI.
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT . The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall not be terminated except as set forth in this Section VI. Any reference to the date of delivery of a notice of termination or resignation by either the Company or the Executive in this Section VI shall constitute the “Date of Termination,” unless otherwise set forth herein.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment when the Executive has a “separation from service” from the Company as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h).

 
A.
By Mutual Consent . The Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Executive upon such terms as are agreed upon between the parties.


 
B.
Death . If Executive dies during the Term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive’s Base Salary due through the date of the Executive’s death to the Executive’s designated beneficiary plus a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the time of the Executive’s death, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined and paid after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place.  The amount of Base Salary due through the date of the Executive’s death shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary within thirty (30) days of the Executive’s death, with the date of such payment chosen by the Company in its sole discretion. Any bonus shall be paid at such time designated in the Bonus Plan. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties at the time of the Executive’s death. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the Capital Accumulation Plan (“CAP”) for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect at the time of the Executive’s death. The Company shall then have no further obligations to the Executive or any representative of the Executive’s estate or heirs except that Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be paid such amounts as may be payable under the Company’s life insurance policies and other plans as they relate to benefits following death then in effect.

 
C.
Disability

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by written notice by either party to the other party, when:

 
a.
the Executive suffers a physical or mental disability entitling the Executive to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, if any, or

 
b.
in the absence of a Company long-term disability plan, the Executive is unable, as determined by the Board (or any designated Committee of the Board), to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s regular duties and responsibilities, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months.

 
2.
If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.C, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
if permitted under the Company’s group medical insurance, group medical benefits at the same rate as then in effect for the Company’s employees for two (2) years after the Date of Termination; provided, that if the Executive instead elects continuation of group benefits under COBRA, the Company shall pay the full cost of the premiums for two (2) years following the Date of Termination.  The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.C.2.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 
3.
The amounts in Section VI.C.2.b above shall be reduced by any disability insurance payments the Executive receives as a result of the Executive’s disability, and shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.C.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section VI.C.3.Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
D.
By the Company for Cause

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Board, by written notice to the Executive specifying the event(s) relied upon for such termination upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each of which shall constitute “Cause” for termination):

 
a.
the continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform the Executive’s duties after written notice and failure to cure within sixty (60) days;

 
b.
conviction of a felony or engaging in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or to its reputation or otherwise, or which would damage Executive’s ability to effectively perform the Executive’s duties;

 
c.
theft or dishonesty by the Executive;

 
d.
intoxication while on duty; or

 
e.
willful violation of Company policies or procedures after written notice and failure to cure within thirty (30) days.

 
2.
If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.D, the Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to the Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, and no more.

 
3.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will receive a severance amount consisting of six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals, and commencing upon the first payroll period occurring after the For Cause Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of Date of Termination (the “For Cause Release Period”) in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s six (6) months of severance benefits under this Section VI.D.3.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other vested equity incentives shall remain exercisable solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. All unvested equity incentives shall terminate on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive that have vested shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unvested Company contributions to the CAP.



 
E.
By the Company Without Cause

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Board at any time without Cause by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Executive. If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.E, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
group medical benefits for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination. The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.E.1.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Code.

 
2.
The amount in Section VI.E.1.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof.  In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.E.1.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company.   Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
F.
By the Executive for Good Reason

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive by written notice of the Executive’s resignation delivered within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following events, each of which shall constitute “Good Reason” for resignation:

 
a.
a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary (unless such reduction is part of an across the board reduction affecting all Company executives with a comparable title);

 
b.
a requirement by the Company to relocate the Executive to a location that is greater than twenty-five (25) miles from the location of the office in which the Executive performs the Executive’s duties hereunder at the time of such relocation;

 
c.
in connection with a Change in Control, a failure by the successor person or entity, or the Board, either to honor this Agreement or to present the Executive with an employment agreement containing provisions substantially similar to this Agreement or otherwise satisfactory to the Executive and which is executed by the Executive; or

 
d.
a material reduction in the Executive’s title, or a material and adverse change in Executive’s status and responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of duties or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with Executive’s status and responsibilities.

 
2.
The Executive shall give the Company written notice of the Executive’s intention to resign for Good Reason (stating the reason therefor) within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of one of the events stated in Section VI.F.1.a, b, c or d above (the “Good Reason Events”) and the Company shall have sixty (60) days (the “Cure Period”) thereafter to rescind the Good Reason Event(s), in which event the Executive no longer shall have the right to resign for Good Reason. If the Company fails to rescind the Good Reason Event(s) before the expiration of the Cure Period, then the Executive may resign for Good Reason and receive the benefits described below so long as the resignation for Good Reason occurs within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Cure Period, otherwise the right to resign on the basis of that Good Reason Event(s) shall be deemed to have been waived.   If the Executive resigns for Good Reason as defined in this Section VI.F, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
group medical benefits for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination.  The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.F.2.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Code.

 
3.
The amount in Section VI.F.2.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.F.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company.  Such release must be executed and become effective any and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
G.
By the Executive Without Good Reason

 
1.
The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time by delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Company no less than sixty (60) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the Executive’s resignation. The Executive shall receive all Base Salary and benefits due under this Agreement through the next payroll date following the Date of Termination, and no more.

 
2.
Although the Executive is not entitled to any severance amount in the event of termination pursuant to this Section VI.G, the Executive may reduce the term of the non-compete and non-solicitation covenants in Section IX hereof, from twenty-four (24) months to eighteen (18) months, upon execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other vested equity incentives shall remain exercisable solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. All unvested equity incentives shall terminate on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive that have vested shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unvested Company contributions to the CAP.

 
H.
Following a Change in Control

 
1.
If the Executive’s termination of employment without Cause (pursuant to Section VI.E) or for Good Reason (pursuant to Section VI.F) occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then the amounts payable pursuant to Section VI.E or Section VI.F above, as the case may be, shall be referred to as the “Change in Control Severance Amount,” and shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum no later than sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion.  In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals, and commencing upon the first payroll period occurring after the Change in Control Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination (the “Change in Control Release Period”) in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Payments pursuant to this Section VI.H shall be made in lieu of, but not in addition to, any payment under any other paragraph of this Section VI.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
2.
For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

 
a.
any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business);

 
b.
as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sales of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

 
c.
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (i) any payment under this Agreement is payable solely upon or following the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) such payment is treated as “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, a Change in Control shall mean a “change in the ownership of the Company,” a “change in the effective control of the Company,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” as such terms are defined in Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 
3.
Excise Tax Payment . If, in connection with a Change in Control, the Internal Revenue Service asserts, or if the Executive or the Company is advised in writing by an established accounting firm, that any payment in the nature of compensation to, or for the benefit of, the Executive from the Company (or any successor in interest) constitutes an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, whether paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, and including property transfers pursuant to securities and other employee benefits that vest upon a Change in Control (collectively, the “Excess Parachute Payments”) the Company shall pay to the Executive, a cash sum equal to the amount of excise tax due under Section 4999 of the Code on the entire amount of the Excess Parachute Payments (excluding any payment pursuant to this Section VI.H.3) (the “Gross-up Amount”).  The payment of the ”Gross-up Amount“ due to the Executive under this Section VI.H.3 shall be paid as soon as reasonably possible following demand of payment by the Executive, but in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year (A) any tax is paid to the Internal Revenue Service regarding this Section VI.H.3 or (B) any tax audit or litigation brought by the Internal Revenue Service or other relevant taxing authority related to this Section VI.H.3 is completed or resolved in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
 
 
I.
Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A .  It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided under this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and (2) that the payments satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement then such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section VI.I shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death. In addition, to the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations, including (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment under such plan or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment in any other calendar year (except that a plan providing medical or health benefits may impose a generally applicable limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) subject to any shorter time periods provided herein or the applicable plans or arrangements, any reimbursement or payment of an expense under such plan or arrangement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) any such reimbursement or payment may not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  In addition, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, any payment due under this Agreement within a period following Executive’s termination of employment or other event, shall be made on a date during such period as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

VII.
REPRESENTATIONS . The Executive represents and warrants that the Executive is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent the Executive from entering into or performing the Executive’s duties in any way under this Agreement.

VIII.
ASSIGNMENT, BINDING AGREEMENT . This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of the Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by the Executive, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive and the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

IX.            CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION

 
A.
The Executive acknowledges that:

 
1.
the business of providing Healthcare and/or well-being support services, coaching or management in which the Company is engaged (the “Business”) is intensely competitive and that the Executive’s employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of confidential information of the Company relating to its business plans, financial data, marketing programs, client information, contracts and other trade secrets, in each case other than as and to the extent such information is generally known or publicly available through no violation of this Agreement by the Executive;

 
2.
the use or disclosure of such information other than in furtherance of the Business may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and may do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Business; and

 
3.
the engaging by the Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section IX shall constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such information. The Executive expressly acknowledges the trade secret status of the Company’s confidential information and that the confidential information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. Other than as may be required in the performance of the Executive’s duties, Executive expressly agrees not to divulge such confidential information to anyone outside the Company without prior permission.

 
B.
The “Company” (which shall be construed to include the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates) and the Executive agree that for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination if the Executive’s employment is terminated under Sections VI.C, D, E, F or H, and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Date of Termination if the Executive’s employment is terminated under Section VI.G, the Executive shall not:

 
1.
engage in Competition, as defined below, with the Company or its subsidiaries within any market where the Company is conducting the Business at the time of termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” by the Executive shall mean the Executive’s being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting the Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of any entity engaged in the Business, provided that, it shall not be a violation of this Section IX.B.1 for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of less than five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of any one or more competing corporations registered under the Exchange Act, provided that, the Executive does not participate in the business of such corporation until such time as this covenant expires; and

 
2.
The Executive further agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the following:

 
a.
solicit from any customer, doing business with the Company as of the Date of Termination, business of the same or of a similar nature to the Business of the Company with such customer;

 
b.
solicit from any known potential customer of the Company business of the same or of a similar nature to that which, to the knowledge of the Executive, has been the subject of a written or oral bid, offer or proposal by the Company, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a bid, proposal or offer, within eighteen (18) months prior to the Date of Termination; or

 
c.
recruit or solicit the employment or services of any person who was employed by the Company as of the Date of Termination and is employed by the Company at the time of such recruitment or solicitation.

 
3.
The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company are of a special and unique character, which causes this Agreement to be of significant value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section IX will cause the Company irreparable injury. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company will be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining the Executive from any such violation or threatened violations. The Executive acknowledges that the terms of this Section IX and its obligations are reasonable and will not prohibit the Executive from being employed or employable in the health care industry.

 
C.
If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be held to be excessively broad as to duration, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

X.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, together with Exhibit A attached hereto, contains all the understandings between the parties pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements, whether oral or written, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. The Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, the Executive does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth herein made by the Company with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise and that Executive has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of the Executive’s choosing.

XI.
AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION; WAIVER . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived, unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

XII.
NOTICES . Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, sent by courier, facsimile or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such other address as such party may subsequently give notice in writing:

            To the Executive at :                                                                            To the Company at :

Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Address on File
 
Healthways, Inc.
701 Cool Springs Boulevard
Franklin, TN 37067
Attn: Legal Department


 
Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed given on the date delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date transmitted by facsimile or mailed.

XIII.
SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

XIV.
SURVIVORSHIP . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

XV.
GOVERNING LAW; VENUE . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, and venue shall be the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee.

XVI.
HEADINGS . All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

XVII.
COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement effective as of date set forth above.

                                                                                                          HEALTHWAYS, INC.

By:   /s/ Alfred Lumsdaine

Name:   Alfred Lumsdaine

Title:    CFO


EXECUTIVE

/s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
                                   Ben R. Leedle, Jr.





 
 

















 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

Exceptions

Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following terms are also part of the Agreement and supersede any contradictory term contained therein:

1.  
In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated under Section VI(C), (E), (F) or (H), those Sections are modified to the extent that Executive shall be entitled to receive twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s Base Salary and group medical benefits for 24 months after the Date of Termination.

2.  
In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated under Section VI(H) (i.e., Change of Control) the period of eighteen (18) months stated in Section IX(B) shall be reduced to twelve (12) months.







Exhibit 10.6
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of November 30, 2012 (the “Agreement”), is by and between Healthways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Alfred Lumsdaine (the “Executive”). This Agreement replaces and supersedes any other employment agreement between the Company and Executive.

WHEREAS , the Company desires that the Executive serve or continue to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and the Executive desires to hold such position under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
 
 
WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the employment relationship of the Executive with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE , intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

I.
EMPLOYMENT . The Company hereby employs the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

II.
TERM . Subject to termination as stated in Section VI, the term of employment of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement (as the same may be extended, the “Term”) shall commence on December 1, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), and shall have a continuous term of two (2) years thereafter.

III.
POSITION . During the Term, the Executive shall serve as CFO of the Company performing duties commensurate with the position and such additional duties as the Company shall determine. If asked, the Executive agrees to serve, without any additional compensation, as a director on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and/or the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Company, and/or in one or more officer positions with the Company and/or any subsidiary of the Company. If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary, the Executive shall resign as a director and officer of the Company (and any of its subsidiaries), such resignation to be effective no later than the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

IV.
DUTIES . During the Term, the Executive shall devote the Executive’s full time and attention during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company; provided, however, that it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive with the approval of the Company to devote reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities and industry or professional activities, and/or to manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.



V.            COMPENSATION

 
A.
Base Salary . The Executive’s initial base salary as of the Effective Date is $350,000. Effective January 1 of each calendar year after the Effective Date during the Term of this Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), the Board (or a committee of the Board) shall review the Executive’s base salary and may increase such amount if and as it may deem advisable. Such initial base salary, as it may be increased during the Term, is defined as the “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and is subject to all proper taxes and withholding. The Base Salary rate at which the Executive is being compensated on the Date of Termination (as defined below) shall be the Base Salary rate used in determining all severance amounts payable to the Executive hereunder.

 
B.
Bonus Plan . Such bonus, if any, as shall be determined, upon the recommendation of the CEO, by the Board (or any designated Committee of the Board comprised solely of independent directors), and shall be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the bonus plan established for the Company (“Bonus Plan”).

 
C.
Long Term Incentive Awards . During the Term, upon the recommendation of the CEO, the Board (or any designated committee of the Board comprised solely of independent directors) will consider, in its sole discretion, long term incentive awards to the Executive pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans.

 
D.
Other Benefits . In addition to the benefits specifically provided for herein, during the Term the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all benefit plans maintained by the Company for officers generally according to the terms of such plans.

VI.
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT . The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall not be terminated except as set forth in this Section VI. Any reference to the date of delivery of a notice of termination or resignation by either the Company or the Executive in this Section VI shall constitute the “Date of Termination,” unless otherwise set forth herein.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment when the Executive has a “separation from service” from the Company as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h).

 
A.
By Mutual Consent . The Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Executive upon such terms as are agreed upon between the parties.


 
B.
Death . If Executive dies during the Term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive’s Base Salary due through the date of the Executive’s death to the Executive’s designated beneficiary plus a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the time of the Executive’s death, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined and paid after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place.  The amount of Base Salary due through the date of the Executive’s death shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary within thirty (30) days of the Executive’s death, with the date of such payment chosen by the Company in its sole discretion. Any bonus shall be paid at such time designated in the Bonus Plan. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties at the time of the Executive’s death. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the Capital Accumulation Plan (“CAP”) for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect at the time of the Executive’s death. The Company shall then have no further obligations to the Executive or any representative of the Executive’s estate or heirs except that Executive’s estate or beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be paid such amounts as may be payable under the Company’s life insurance policies and other plans as they relate to benefits following death then in effect.

 
C.
Disability

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by written notice by either party to the other party, when:

 
a.
the Executive suffers a physical or mental disability entitling the Executive to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, if any, or

 
b.
in the absence of a Company long-term disability plan, the Executive is unable, as determined by the Board (or any designated Committee of the Board), to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s regular duties and responsibilities, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months.

 
2.
If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.C, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
if permitted under the Company’s group medical insurance, group medical benefits at the same rate as then in effect for the Company’s employees for two (2) years after the Date of Termination; provided, that if the Executive instead elects continuation of group benefits under COBRA, the Company shall pay the full cost of the premiums for two (2) years following the Date of Termination.  The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.C.2.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 
3.
The amounts in Section VI.C.2.b above shall be reduced by any disability insurance payments the Executive receives as a result of the Executive’s disability, and shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.C.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section VI.C.3.Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
D.
By the Company for Cause

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company, by written notice to the Executive specifying the event(s) relied upon for such termination upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each of which shall constitute “Cause” for termination):

 
a.
the continued failure by the Executive to substantially perform the Executive’s duties after written notice and failure to cure within sixty (60) days;

 
b.
conviction of a felony or engaging in misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or to its reputation or otherwise, or which would damage Executive’s ability to effectively perform the Executive’s duties;

 
c.
theft or dishonesty by the Executive;

 
d.
intoxication while on duty; or

 
e.
willful violation of Company policies or procedures after written notice and failure to cure within thirty (30) days.

 
2.
If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.D, the Executive shall be entitled to receive all Base Salary and benefits to be paid or provided to the Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination, and no more.

 
3.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will receive a severance amount consisting of six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals, and commencing upon the first payroll period occurring after the For Cause Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of Date of Termination (the “For Cause Release Period”) in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s six (6) months of severance benefits under this Section VI.D.3.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other vested equity incentives shall remain exercisable solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. All unvested equity incentives shall terminate on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive that have vested shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unvested Company contributions to the CAP.



 
E.
By the Company Without Cause

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Executive. If the Executive’s employment is terminated under this Section VI.E, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
group medical benefits for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination. The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.E.1.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Code.

 
2.
The amount in Section VI.E.1.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof.  In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.E.1.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company.   Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
F.
By the Executive for Good Reason

 
1.
The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive by written notice of the Executive’s resignation delivered within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any of the following events, each of which shall constitute “Good Reason” for resignation:

 
a.
a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary (unless such reduction is part of an across the board reduction affecting all Company executives with a comparable title);

 
b.
a requirement by the Company to relocate the Executive to a location that is greater than twenty-five (25) miles from the location of the office in which the Executive performs the Executive’s duties hereunder at the time of such relocation;

 
c.
in connection with a Change in Control, a failure by the successor person or entity, or the Board, either to honor this Agreement or to present the Executive with an employment agreement containing provisions substantially similar to this Agreement or otherwise satisfactory to the Executive and which is executed by the Executive; or

 
d.
a material reduction in the Executive’s title, or a material and adverse change in Executive’s status and responsibilities, or the assignment to Executive of duties or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with Executive’s status and responsibilities.

 
2.
The Executive shall give the Company written notice of the Executive’s intention to resign for Good Reason (stating the reason therefor) within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of one of the events stated in Section VI.F.1.a, b, c or d above (the “Good Reason Events”) and the Company shall have sixty (60) days (the “Cure Period”) thereafter to rescind the Good Reason Event(s), in which event the Executive no longer shall have the right to resign for Good Reason. If the Company fails to rescind the Good Reason Event(s) before the expiration of the Cure Period, then the Executive may resign for Good Reason and receive the benefits described below so long as the resignation for Good Reason occurs within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Cure Period, otherwise the right to resign on the basis of that Good Reason Event(s) shall be deemed to have been waived.   If the Executive resigns for Good Reason as defined in this Section VI.F, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 
a.
all Base Salary and benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement through the Date of Termination (payable within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion) and a pro-rata portion of any Bonus Plan or other compensation to which the Executive is otherwise entitled as of the Date of Termination, which Bonus Plan amount will be determined after the end of the fiscal year for which the Bonus Plan was in place and paid in accordance with the terms of such Bonus Plan;

 
b.
an amount equal to Executive’s Base Salary for a total of eighteen (18) months following the Date of Termination; and

 
c.
group medical benefits for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination.  The costs of the Company’s portion of any premiums due under this Section VI.F.2.c shall be included in the Executive’s gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is deemed to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Code.

 
3.
The amount in Section VI.F.2.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section IX hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section VI.F.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company.  Such release must be executed and become effective any and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
G.
By the Executive Without Good Reason

 
1.
The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time by delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Company no less than sixty (60) days and no more than ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the Executive’s resignation. The Executive shall receive all Base Salary and benefits due under this Agreement through the next payroll date following the Date of Termination, and no more.

 
2.
Although the Executive is not entitled to any severance amount in the event of termination pursuant to this Section VI.G, the Executive may reduce the term of the non-compete and non-solicitation covenants in Section IX hereof, from twenty-four (24) months to eighteen (18) months, upon execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other vested equity incentives shall remain exercisable solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. All unvested equity incentives shall terminate on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive that have vested shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unvested Company contributions to the CAP.

 
H.
Following a Change in Control

 
1.
If the Executive’s termination of employment without Cause (pursuant to Section VI.E) or for Good Reason (pursuant to Section VI.F) occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then the amounts payable pursuant to Section VI.E or Section VI.F above, as the case may be, shall be referred to as the “Change in Control Severance Amount,” and shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum no later than sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion.  In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals, and commencing upon the first payroll period occurring after the Change in Control Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination (the “Change in Control Release Period”) in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Payments pursuant to this Section VI.H shall be made in lieu of, but not in addition to, any payment under any other paragraph of this Section VI.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
2.
For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

 
a.
any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business);

 
b.
as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sales of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

 
c.
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (i) any payment under this Agreement is payable solely upon or following the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) such payment is treated as “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, a Change in Control shall mean a “change in the ownership of the Company,” a “change in the effective control of the Company,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” as such terms are defined in Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 
3.
Excise Tax Payment . If, in connection with a Change in Control, the Internal Revenue Service asserts, or if the Executive or the Company is advised in writing by an established accounting firm, that any payment in the nature of compensation to, or for the benefit of, the Executive from the Company (or any successor in interest) constitutes an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, whether paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, and including property transfers pursuant to securities and other employee benefits that vest upon a Change in Control (collectively, the “Excess Parachute Payments”) the Company shall pay to the Executive, a cash sum equal to the amount of excise tax due under Section 4999 of the Code on the entire amount of the Excess Parachute Payments (excluding any payment pursuant to this Section VI.H.3) (the “Gross-up Amount”).  The payment of the ”Gross-up Amount“ due to the Executive under this Section VI.H.3 shall be paid as soon as reasonably possible following demand of payment by the Executive, but in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year (A) any tax is paid to the Internal Revenue Service regarding this Section VI.H.3 or (B) any tax audit or litigation brought by the Internal Revenue Service or other relevant taxing authority related to this Section VI.H.3 is completed or resolved in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
 
 
I.
Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A .  It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided under this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and (2) that the payments satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement then such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section VI.I shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death. In addition, to the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations, including (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment under such plan or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment in any other calendar year (except that a plan providing medical or health benefits may impose a generally applicable limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) subject to any shorter time periods provided herein or the applicable plans or arrangements, any reimbursement or payment of an expense under such plan or arrangement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) any such reimbursement or payment may not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  In addition, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, any payment due under this Agreement within a period following Executive’s termination of employment or other event, shall be made on a date during such period as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

VII.
REPRESENTATIONS . The Executive represents and warrants that the Executive is not a party to any agreement or instrument which would prevent the Executive from entering into or performing the Executive’s duties in any way under this Agreement.

VIII.
ASSIGNMENT, BINDING AGREEMENT . This Agreement is a personal contract and the rights and interests of the Executive hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated by the Executive, except as otherwise expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive and the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

IX.            CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION

 
A.
The Executive acknowledges that:

 
1.
the business of providing Healthcare and/or well-being support services, coaching or management in which the Company is engaged (the “Business”) is intensely competitive and that the Executive’s employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of confidential information of the Company relating to its business plans, financial data, marketing programs, client information, contracts and other trade secrets, in each case other than as and to the extent such information is generally known or publicly available through no violation of this Agreement by the Executive;

 
2.
the use or disclosure of such information other than in furtherance of the Business may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and may do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Business; and

 
3.
the engaging by the Executive in any of the activities prohibited by this Section IX shall constitute improper appropriation and/or use of such information. The Executive expressly acknowledges the trade secret status of the Company’s confidential information and that the confidential information constitutes a protectable business interest of the Company. Other than as may be required in the performance of the Executive’s duties, Executive expressly agrees not to divulge such confidential information to anyone outside the Company without prior permission.

 
B.
The “Company” (which shall be construed to include the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates) and the Executive agree that for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination if the Executive’s employment is terminated under Sections VI.C, D, E, F or H, and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the Date of Termination if the Executive’s employment is terminated under Section VI.G, the Executive shall not:

 
1.
engage in Competition, as defined below, with the Company or its subsidiaries within any market where the Company is conducting the Business at the time of termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” by the Executive shall mean the Executive’s being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting the Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of any entity engaged in the Business, provided that, it shall not be a violation of this Section IX.B.1 for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of less than five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of any one or more competing corporations registered under the Exchange Act, provided that, the Executive does not participate in the business of such corporation until such time as this covenant expires; and

 
2.
The Executive further agrees that the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the following:

 
a.
solicit from any customer, doing business with the Company as of the Date of Termination, business of the same or of a similar nature to the Business of the Company with such customer;

 
b.
solicit from any known potential customer of the Company business of the same or of a similar nature to that which, to the knowledge of the Executive, has been the subject of a written or oral bid, offer or proposal by the Company, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a bid, proposal or offer, within eighteen (18) months prior to the Date of Termination; or

 
c.
recruit or solicit the employment or services of any person who was employed by the Company as of the Date of Termination and is employed by the Company at the time of such recruitment or solicitation.

 
3.
The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company are of a special and unique character, which causes this Agreement to be of significant value to the Company, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated for by damages in an action at law, and that a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the provisions contained in this Section IX will cause the Company irreparable injury. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company will be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy, to a temporary, preliminary and permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of monetary damages or the posting of any bond or security, enjoining or restraining the Executive from any such violation or threatened violations. The Executive acknowledges that the terms of this Section IX and its obligations are reasonable and will not prohibit the Executive from being employed or employable in the health care industry.

 
C.
If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be held to be excessively broad as to duration, activity or subject, such provisions shall be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

X.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, together with Exhibit A attached hereto, contains all the understandings between the parties pertaining to the matters referred to herein, and supersedes any other undertakings and agreements, whether oral or written, previously entered into by them with respect thereto. The Executive represents that, in executing this Agreement, the Executive does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth herein made by the Company with regard to the subject matter or effect of this Agreement or otherwise and that Executive has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of the Executive’s choosing.

XI.
AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION; WAIVER . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived, unless such amendment or waiver is agreed to in writing, signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company. No waiver by any party hereto of any breach by another party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same time, any prior time or any subsequent time.

XII.
NOTICES . Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally, sent by courier, facsimile or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such other address as such party may subsequently give notice in writing:

            To the Executive at :                                                                            To the Company at :

Alfred Lumsdaine
Address on File
 
 
 
Healthways, Inc.
701 Cool Springs Blvd.
Franklin, TN 37067
Attn: CEO
w/copy to Legal Department


 
Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed given on the date delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date transmitted by facsimile or mailed.

XIII.
SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

XIV.
SURVIVORSHIP . The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

XV.
GOVERNING LAW; VENUE . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, and venue shall be the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee.

XVI.
HEADINGS . All descriptive headings of sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience, and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the heading of any section or paragraph.

XVII.
COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement effective as of date set forth above.

                                                                                                    HEALTHWAYS, INC.

By:   /s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.

Name:   Ben R. Leedle, Jr.

Title:    CEO


EXECUTIVE

                                      /s/ Alfred Lumsdaine
                                   Alfred Lumsdaine





 
 













 
 

 





EXHIBIT A

Exceptions

Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following terms are also part of the Agreement and supersede any contradictory term contained therein:










 
 

 

                                                    Exhibit 10.10

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2012 (“Amendment”), amends the Employment Agreement, dated August 31, 2011 (the “Agreement”), by and between Healthways, Inc., (“Company”) and Michael R. Farris (the “Executive”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings for such terms set forth in the Agreement.
 
WHEREAS, Company and Executive desire to amend the Agreement to reflect certain changes to the employment relationship of Executive; and
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises made herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
 
1.            Amendment to Section V.C.3, “Termination of Agreement - Disability” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.C.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:
 
3.           The amounts in Section V.C.2.b above shall be reduced by any disability insurance payments the Executive receives as a result of the Executive’s disability, and shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section VIII hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section V.C.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section V.C.3. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

2.            Amendment to Section V.D.3, “Termination of Agreement – By the Company For Cause” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.D.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

3.           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will receive a severance amount consisting of six (6) months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals and commending upon the first payroll period occurring after the For Cause Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section V.D.3. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other vested equity incentives shall remain exercisable solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. All unvested equity incentives shall terminate on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive that have vested shall be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unvested Company contributions to the CAP.

3.            Amendment to Section V.E.2, “Termination of Agreement – By the Company Without Cause” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.E.2 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

2.           The amounts in Section V.E.1.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section VIII hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section V.E.1.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section V.E.3. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

4.            Amendment to Section V.F.3, “Termination of Agreement – By the Executive For Good Reason” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.F.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

3.           The amounts in Section V.F.2.b above shall be paid to the Executive periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the Date of Termination and for the remaining term of the non-compete covenant in Section VIII hereof. In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals following the end of the eighteen (18) month period described in Section V.F.2.b above) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits under this Section V.F.3. Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

5.            Amendment to Section V.H, “Termination of Agreement – Following a Change in Control” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.H of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

H.            Following a Change in Control

1.  
If the Executive’s termination of employment without Cause (pursuant to Section V.E) or for Good Reason (pursuant to Section V.F) occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then the amounts payable pursuant to Section V.E or Section V.F above, as the case may be, shall be referred to as the “Change in Control Severance Amount,” and shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum no later than sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, with the date of such payment determined by the Company in its sole discretion.  In addition, the Executive will receive an enhanced severance amount consisting of six (6) additional months of the Executive’s Base Salary (payable periodically at regular payroll intervals, and commencing upon the first payroll period occurring after the Change in Control Release Period (defined below) expires) upon the Executive’s execution of a full release of claims in favor of the Company. Such release must be executed and become effective and any revocation period must expire within sixty (60) days of the Date of Termination (the “Change in Control Release Period”) in order for the Executive to receive the Executive’s additional six (6) months of enhanced severance benefits.  Payments pursuant to this Section V.H shall be made in lieu of, but not in addition to, any payment under any other paragraph of this Section V.  Furthermore, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other unvested equity incentives shall vest and/or remain exercisable for their stated terms solely in accordance with the terms of the award agreements to which the Company and the Executive are parties on the Date of Termination. In addition, all amounts contributed by the Company to the CAP for the benefit of the Executive shall vest and thereafter be paid out in accordance with the terms of the CAP as in effect on the Date of Termination.

 
2.
For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

 
a.
any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business);

 
b.
as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sales of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

 
c.
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of each director of the Company first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company then still in office who were directors of the Company at the beginning of any such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that (i) any payment under this Agreement is payable solely upon or following the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) such payment is treated as “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, a Change in Control shall mean a “change in the ownership of the Company,” a “change in the effective control of the Company,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company” as such terms are defined in Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

 
3.
Excise Tax Payment . If, in connection with a Change in Control, the Internal Revenue Service asserts, or if the Executive or the Company is advised in writing by an established accounting firm, that any payment in the nature of compensation to, or for the benefit of, the Executive from the Company (or any successor in interest) constitutes an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, whether paid pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, and including property transfers pursuant to securities and other employee benefits that vest upon a Change in Control (collectively, the “Excess Parachute Payments”) the Company shall pay to the Executive, a cash sum equal to the amount of excise tax due under Section 4999 of the Code on the entire amount of the Excess Parachute Payments (excluding any payment pursuant to this Section V.H.3) (the “Gross-up Amount”).  The payment of the ”Gross-up Amount“ due to the Executive under this Section V.H.3 shall be paid as soon as reasonably possible following demand of payment by the Executive, but in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year (A) any tax is paid to the Internal Revenue Service regarding this Section V.H.3 or (B) any tax audit or litigation brought by the Internal Revenue Service or other relevant taxing authority related to this Section V.H.3 is completed or resolved in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).

6.            Amendment to Section V.I, “Termination of Agreement – Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A” Provision of the Agreement . Section V.I of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended and restated as follows:

I.  
Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A .  It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided under this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and (2) that the payments satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Executive is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement then such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six months after the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section V.I shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death. In addition, to the extent that any reimbursement, fringe benefit or other, similar plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter provides for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such amount shall be paid in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations, including (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment under such plan or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or payment in any other calendar year (except that a plan providing medical or health benefits may impose a generally applicable limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) subject to any shorter time periods provided herein or the applicable plans or arrangements, any reimbursement or payment of an expense under such plan or arrangement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) any such reimbursement or payment may not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  In addition, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, any payment due under this Agreement within a period following Executive’s termination of employment or other event, shall be made on a date during such period as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

7.             No other Amendments.   Except to the extent amended hereby, all of the definitions, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in the Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.  The Agreement and this Amendment shall be read and construed together as a single agreement and the term “Agreement” shall henceforth be deemed a reference to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
 
8.             Counterparts.   This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to Employment Agreement as of the day and year first written above.
 
 
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)
 


 
 

 
 
HEALTHWAYS, INC.:
 
 
By:  /s/ Alfred Lumsdaine
 
Name:  Alfred Lumsdaine
 
Title:  CFO
 

 
 
EXECUTIVE:
 
 
/s/ Michael R. Farris
 
 
Michael R. Farris
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16
HEALTHWAYS, INC.

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

Section 1.                      Purpose; Definitions.

The purpose of the Healthways, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to enable Healthways, Inc. (the "Corporation") to attract, retain and reward key employees of and consultants to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and directors who are not also employees of the Corporation, and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such key employees, consultants and directors by awarding such key employees, consultants and directors performance-based stock incentives and/or other equity interests or equity-based incentives in the Corporation, as well as performance-based incentives payable in cash. The creation of the Plan shall not diminish or prejudice other compensation programs approved from time to time by the Board.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)   "Affiliate" means any entity other than the Corporation and its Subsidiaries that is designated by the Board as a participating employer under the Plan, provided that the Corporation directly or indirectly owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity.

(b)   Award shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share Award, Restricted Share Unit, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or other award granted under the Plan, whether singly, in combination or in tandem, to a Participant by the Committee pursuant to such terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations, if any, as the Committee may establish.

(c)   “Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

(d)   " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(e)   "Cause" means (i) a felony conviction of a Participant or the failure of a Participant to contest prosecution for a felony, or (ii) a Participant's willful misconduct or dishonesty, which is directly and materially harmful to the business or reputation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(f)   "Change in Control" means the happening of any of the following:

(i)  
any person or entity, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, other than the Corporation or a wholly-owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Corporation's securities having 35% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation that may be cast for the election of directors of the Corporation (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business); or

(ii)  
as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sales of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Corporation or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Corporation or such other corporation or entity after such transaction are held in the aggregate by the holders of the Corporation's securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii)  
during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, of each director of the Corporation first elected during such period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors of the Corporation then still in office who were directors of the Corporation at the beginning of any such period.

(g)   "Common Stock" means the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.

(h)   "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

(i)   "Committee" means a committee of the Board consisting of all of the Outside Directors of the Company. To the extent that compensation realized in respect of Awards is intended to be “performance based” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the Committee is not comprised solely of individuals who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, or that any member of the Committee is not a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Committee may from time to time delegate some or all of its functions under the Plan to a committee or subcommittee composed of members that meet the relevant requirements. The term “Committee” includes only such committee or subcommittee, to the extent of the Committee’s delegation.
 
 
(j)   "Corporation" means Healthways, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware or any successor corporation.
 
 
(k)   "Covered Officer" shall mean at any date (i) any individual who, with respect to the previous taxable year of the Corporation, was a "covered employee" of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided, however, that the term "Covered Officer" shall not include any such individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award under the Plan or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected not to be such a "covered employee" with respect to the current taxable year of the Corporation and (ii) any individual who is designated by the Committee, in its discretion, at the time of any Award or at any subsequent time, as reasonably expected to be such a "covered employee" with respect to the current taxable year of the Corporation or with respect to the taxable year of the Corporation in which any applicable Award hereunder will be paid.

(l)   "Disability" means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, either of the following: (i) the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer.

(m)   "Early Retirement" for purposes of this Plan, shall be deemed to have occurred if  (i) the sum of the participant's age plus years of employment at the Company as of the proposed early retirement date is equal to or greater than 70, (ii) the participant has given  written notice to the company at least one year prior to the proposed early retirement date of his or her intent to retire and  (iii) the Chief Executive Officer shall have approved in writing such early retirement request prior to the proposed early retirement date, provided that in the event the Chief Executive Officer does not approve the request for early retirement or the Chief Executive Officer is the participant giving notice of his or her intent to retire, then in both cases, the Board of Directors shall make the determination of whether to approve or disapprove such request.

(n)   "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

(o)   "Fair Market Value" means with respect to the Stock, as of any given date or dates, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the reported closing price of a share of such class of Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market ("Nasdaq") or such other exchange or market as is the principal trading market for such class of Stock, or, if no such sale of a share of such class of Stock is reported on the Nasdaq or other exchange or principal trading market on such date, the fair market value of a share of such class of Stock as determined by the Committee in good faith.

(p)   "Incentive Stock Option" means any Stock Option intended to be and designated in an Award Agreement as an "Incentive Stock Option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.  Under no circumstances shall an Stock Option that is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option be considered an Incentive Stock Option.

(q)   "Non-Employee Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission.

(r)   "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(s)   "Normal Retirement" means retirement from active employment with the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate on or after age 65.

(t)   "Other Stock-Based Award" means an award under Section 8 below that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is otherwise based on, Stock.

(u)   "Outside Director" means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Corporation.

(v)   "Participant" shall mean any person who is eligible under Section 4 of the Plan and who receives an Award under the Plan.

(w)   "Performance Award " shall mean any Award granted under Section 8.2 of the Plan.

(x)   "Plan" means this Healthways, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(y)   "Restricted Stock" means an award of shares of Stock that is subject to restrictions under Section 7 below.

(z)   "Restricted Stock Unit" shall mean any unit granted under Section 7.5 of the Plan.

(aa)   "Restriction Period" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7 .

(bb)   "Retirement" means Normal or Early Retirement.

(cc)   "Stock" means the Common Stock.

(dd)   "Stock Appreciation Right" means an award described in Section 6 of the Plan.

(ee)   "Stock Option" or "Option" means any option to purchase shares of Stock (including Restricted Stock, if the Committee so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 or Section 9 below.

(ff)   "Subsidiary" means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
 
 
Section 2.   Administration.

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, provided that, in the absence of the Committee or to the extent determined by the Board, any action that could be taken by the Committee may be taken by the Outside Directors.  The functions of the Committee specified in the Plan may be exercised by the Compensation Committee of the Board, provided that the full Committee shall have the final authority with respect to the administration of the Plan.  The Committee shall have authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Awards to persons eligible under Section 4 .  In particular, the Committee shall have the authority, consistent with the terms of the Plan:

(a)   to select the officers and other key employees of and consultants to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(b)   to determine whether and to what extent Awards are to be granted hereunder to one or more eligible employees;

(c)   to determine the number of shares to be covered by each such Award granted hereunder;

(d)   to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the share price and any restriction or limitation, or any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions regarding any Award and/or the shares of Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion); and to amend or waive any such terms and conditions to the extent permitted by Section 11 hereof;

(e)   to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash or Restricted Stock instead of Stock;

(f)   to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Option grants and/or other Awards under the Plan are to be made, and operate, on a tandem basis vis-a-vis other Awards under the Plan and/or awards made outside of the Plan;

(g)   to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant (including providing for and determining the amount (if any) of any deemed earnings on any deferred amount during any deferral period); and

(h)   to determine whether to require payment withholding requirements in shares of Stock.

The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in the Committee's sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Corporation and Plan Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or to a committee of such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards under the Plan to, or to cancel, modify or waive rights with respect to, or to alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate such Awards held by Participants who are not officers or directors of the Corporation for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or who are otherwise not subject to such provision of law.


Section 3.   Shares of Stock Subject to Plan.

3.1   Shares Available .  The aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall not exceed 4,036,953 shares (which includes 35,591 shares of Stock with respect to which awards under the Corporation’s 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1996 Plan”) were authorized but not awarded and 1,362 shares of Stock with respect to which awards under the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”)), of which shares of Stock with respect to which Awards other than Stock Appreciation Rights and Options may be granted shall be no more than 2,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.2 , the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be increased by the number of shares with respect to which Options or other Awards were granted under the 1996 Plan, 2001 Plan and the 1991 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “1991 Plan”) as of the original effective date of this Plan, but which terminate or terminated, expire or expired unexercised, or are or were forfeited or cancelled without the delivery of shares under the terms of the 1996 Plan, the 2001 Plan or the 1991 Plan, as the case may be, after the original effective date of this Plan. If, after the effective date of the Plan, any shares of Stock covered by an Award granted under this Plan, or to which such an Award relates, are or were forfeited, or if such an Award otherwise terminates or was terminated, expires or expired unexercised or is or was canceled without the delivery of shares of Stock, then the shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, or the number of shares of Stock otherwise counted against the aggregate number of shares with respect to which Awards may be granted, to the extent of any such forfeiture, termination, expiration or cancellation, shall again become Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted.


3.2   Adjustments .  In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, extraordinary cash dividend, Stock dividend, Stock split or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, an equitable and proportionate substitution or adjustment shall be made in the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan and in the number of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan as determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in its sole discretion, provided that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.  The maximum number of shares that may be awarded to any Participant under Section 4 and Section 8.2(b) of this Plan will be adjusted in the same manner as the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards.

Section 4.   Eligibility.

Officers and other key employees of and consultants to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (but excluding members of the Committee and any person who serves only as a director, except as otherwise provided in Section 9 ) who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and/or profitability of the business of the Corporation and/or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.2 hereof, no Participant may receive (i) Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan in any calendar year that, taken together, relate to more than 150,000 shares of Stock or (ii) Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan in any calendar year that, taken together, related to more than 75,000 shares of Stock.

Section 5.   Stock Options.

5.1   Grant .  Stock Options may be granted alone, in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Stock Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options and (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to individuals who are employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation.  Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.  Options may be settled in cash or Stock.

5.2   Option Price .  The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at grant, in the case of both Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options (or, in the case of any employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or of any of its Subsidiaries, not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at grant in the case of Incentive Stock Options).

5.3   Option Term .  The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Option is granted (or, in the case of an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or parent corporations, more than five years after the date the Option is granted in the case of Incentive Stock Options).

5.4   Exercise .  Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at or after grant; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or by the Committee at or after grant, no Stock Option shall be exercisable prior to the first anniversary date of the granting of the Option.  The Committee may provide that a Stock Option shall vest over a period of future service at a rate specified at the time of grant, or that the Stock Option is exercisable only in installments.  If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. The Committee may establish performance conditions or other conditions to the exercise of any Stock Options, which conditions may be waived by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.5   Method of Exercise .  The exercise price of a Stock Option Award may be paid in cash, personal check (subject to collection), bank draft or such other method as the Committee may determine from time to time. The exercise price may also be paid by the tender, by either actual delivery or attestation, of Stock acceptable to the Committee and valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or through a combination of Stock and cash.  Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law: the Committee may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, permit a Participant to elect to pay the exercise price by authorizing a third party, pursuant to a brokerage or similar arrangement approved in advance by the Committee, to simultaneously sell all (or a sufficient portion) of the Stock acquired upon exercise of such Option and to remit to the Corporation a sufficient portion of the proceeds from such sale to pay the entire exercise price of such Option and any required tax withholding resulting therefrom.  A Participant shall generally have the rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to the Option only when the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 13(a) .

5.6   Non-Transferability of Options .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, no Stock Option shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant.

5.7   Termination by Death .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, if a Participant's employment by the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent such option was exercisable at the time of death or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine at or after grant (or as may be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee) by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Participant under the will of the Participant, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify at or after grant) from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.

5.8   Termination by Reason of Disability .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, if a Participant's employment by the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates by reason of Disability, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine at or after grant (or as may be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee), for a period of (i) three years from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter, in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option and (ii) one year from the date of termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option; provided however, that, if the Participant dies within the period specified in (i) above, any unexercised Non-Qualified Stock Option held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Disability, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise period applicable to Incentive Stock Options, but before the expiration of any period that would apply if such Stock Option were a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

5.9   Termination by Reason of Retirement .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, if a Participant’s employment by the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates by reason of Normal or Early Retirement, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine at or after grant (or, as may be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee), for a period of (i) three years from the date of such termination of employment or the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter, in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option and (ii) three months from the date of such termination of employment or the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter, in the event of an Incentive Stock Option; provided however, that, if the Participant dies within the period specified in (i) above, any unexercised Non-Qualified Stock Option held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise period applicable to Incentive Stock Options, but before the expiration of the period that would apply if such Stock Option were a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

5.10   Other Termination .  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, if a Participant's employment by the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate is involuntarily terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal or Early Retirement, the Stock Option shall thereupon terminate, except that such Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent otherwise then exercisable, for the lesser of three months or the balance of such Stock Option's term if the involuntary termination is without Cause.  If a Participant voluntarily terminates employment with the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate (except for Disability, Normal or Early Retirement), the Stock Option shall thereupon terminate; provided, however, that the Committee at grant may extend the exercise period in this situation for the lesser of three months or the balance of such Stock Option's term.

5.11   Incentive Stock Options .  Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of this Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the optionee(s) affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such Section 422.  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Participant under the Plan if such grant would cause the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options issued after December 31, 1986 are exercisable for the first time by such Participant during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Corporation and any Subsidiary) to exceed $100,000.  To the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code or the applicable regulations thereunder or any applicable Internal Revenue Service pronouncement:

(a)   if (x) a Participant's employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement and (y) the portion of any Incentive Stock Option that is otherwise exercisable during the post-termination period specified under this Section 5 of the Plan, applied without regard to the $100,000 limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, is greater than the portion of such Option that is immediately exercisable as an "Incentive Stock Option" during such post-termination period under Section 422, such excess shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and

(b)   if the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option is accelerated by reason of a Change in Control, any portion of such Option that is not exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option by reason of the $100,000 limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

5.12   Buyout Provisions .  The Committee may not offer to buy out for a payment in cash, Stock or Restricted Stock an Option previously granted without the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders.

Section 6.   Stock Appreciation Rights.

6.1   Grant and Exercise .  A Stock Appreciation Right is a right to receive an amount payable entirely in cash, entirely in Stock or partly in cash and partly in Stock and exercisable at such time or times and subject to such conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion subject to the Plan, including but not limited to the achievement of specific performance goals.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone or in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan.

(a)   A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by a Participant, subject to Section 6.2 , in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee for such purpose. Upon such exercise, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in Section 6.2 . Stock Options relating to exercised Stock Appreciation Rights shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(b)   In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a given Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option, subject to such provisions as the Committee may specify at grant where a Stock Appreciation Right is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by a related Stock Option.

6.2   Terms and Conditions . Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, including the following:

(a)   Stock Appreciation Rights granted in conjunction with an Option shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section 6 of the Plan; provided, however, that any Stock Appreciation Right granted to a Participant subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the grant of the related Stock Option shall not be exercisable during the first six months of its term. The exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights held by Participants who are subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall comply with Rule 16b-3(e) thereunder, to the extent applicable. In particular, such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only pursuant to an irrevocable election made at least six months prior to the date of exercise or within the applicable ten business day "window" periods specified in Rule 16b-3(e)(3).

(b)   Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash and/or shares of Stock equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock over the exercise price per share specified in the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

(c)   Unless otherwise provided by the Committee at or after grant, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant.

(d)   Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right issued in conjunction with an Option, the Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Section 3 of the Plan on the number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan.

Section 7.   Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

7.1   Administration . Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside the Plan. The Committee shall determine the other terms, restrictions and conditions of the Awards in addition to those set forth in this Section 7 .  The Committee may condition the grant of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other factors as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.  The provisions of Restricted Stock Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

7.2   Awards and Certificates . A Participant shall not have any rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award unless and until such Participant has executed an agreement evidencing the Award and has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Corporation, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

(a)   The purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock shall be established by the Committee and may be zero.

(b)   Awards of Restricted Stock must be accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify at grant) after the award date, by executing a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and paying whatever price (if any) is required under Section 7.2(a) .

(c)   Each Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award.

(d)   The Committee shall require that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Corporation until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.
 
 
7.3   Restrictions and Conditions . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 7 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

(a)   In accordance with the provisions of this Plan and the Award Agreement, during a period set by the Committee commencing with the date of such Award (the "Restriction Period"), the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan.  Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, an Award of Restricted Stock shall be subject to a Restriction Period of not less than three (3) years provided, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (i) provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments over the Restriction Period and (ii) accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part in the event of a Change of Control, death, Disability, Normal or Early Retirement of the Participant or in the event the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated without cause.

(b)   Except as provided in this Section 7.3 , the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation, including the right to vote the shares, and the right to receive any cash dividends. The Committee, in its sole discretion, as determined at the time of Award, may permit or require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested, subject to Section 14.5 , in additional Restricted Stock to the extent shares are available under Section 3 , or otherwise reinvested. Pursuant to Section 3 above, stock dividends issued with respect to Restricted Stock shall be treated as additional shares of Restricted Stock that are subject to the same restrictions and other terms and conditions that apply to the shares with respect to which such dividends are issued. If the Committee so determines, the Award Agreement may also impose restrictions on the right to vote and the right to receive dividends.

(c)   Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement, Section 10 of the Plan and this Section 7 , upon termination of a Participant's employment with the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement during the Restriction Period, all shares still subject to restriction will be forfeited, in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at or after grant. Upon termination of a Participant's employment with the Corporation and any Subsidiary or Affiliate for by reason of death, Disability or Retirement during the Restriction Period, all shares still subject to restriction will vest, or be forfeited, in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at or after grant.

(d)   If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period, certificates for an appropriate number of unrestricted shares shall be delivered to the Participant promptly.

7.4   Minimum Value Provisions . In order to better ensure that Award payments actually reflect the performance of the Corporation and service of the Participant, the Committee may provide, in its sole discretion, for a tandem performance-based or other Award designed to guarantee a minimum value, payable in cash or Stock to the recipient of a Restricted Stock Award, subject to such performance, future service, deferral and other terms and conditions as may be specified by the Committee.

7.5   Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions under which, the Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Corporation, and the other terms and conditions of such awards. The Restricted Stock Unit awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions provided hereunder and any additional terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(a)   Each Restricted Stock Unit Award made under the Plan shall be for such number of shares of Stock as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement containing the terms of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The agreement shall set forth a period of time during which the Participant must remain in the continuous employment of the Corporation in order for the forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse, which period shall not be less than three (3) years, provided, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (i) provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments over the Restriction Period and (ii) accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part in the event of a Change of Control, death, Disability, Normal or Early Retirement of the Participant or in the event the Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated without cause.  The Award Agreement may, in the discretion of the Committee, set forth performance or other conditions that will subject the Restricted Stock Units to forfeiture and transfer restrictions.

(b)   Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, shares of Stock, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement or other procedures approved by the Committee.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall be credited with dividend equivalents on any Restricted Stock Units credited to the Participant's account at the time of any payment of dividends to shareholders on shares of Stock. The amount of any such dividend equivalents shall equal the amount that would have been payable to the Participant as a shareholder in respect of a number of shares of Stock equal to the number of vested Restricted Stock Units then credited to the Participant. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, any such dividend equivalents shall be credited to the Participant's account as of the date on which such dividend would have been payable and shall be converted into additional Restricted Stock Units (which shall be immediately vested) based upon the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of such crediting.  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant, and subject to the "retirement" exceptions, Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, and all Restricted Stock Units and all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate, without further obligation on the part of the Corporation, unless the Participant remains in continuous employment of the Corporation for the entire restricted period in relation to which such Restricted Stock Units were granted and unless any other restrictive conditions relating to the Restricted Stock Unit Award are met.

Section 8.   Other Stock-Based Awards and Performance Awards.

8.1   Other Stock-Based Awards.   The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Participants who shall receive an Other Stock-Based Award, which shall consist of any right that is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 and 7 above and (ii) an Award of Stock or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Stock (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Stock), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, provided that the Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in Stock shall not exceed 10% of the shares of Stock authorized under the Plan as set forth in Section 3.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award.

8.2   Performance Awards . The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants who shall receive a Performance Award, which shall consist of a right that is (i) denominated in cash or shares of Stock, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, Performance Awards shall vest no sooner than one year after grant and shall otherwise be subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 8.2 .

(a)   The Committee may grant Performance Awards to Covered Officers based solely upon the attainment of performance targets related to one or more performance goals selected by the Committee from among the goals specified below. For the purposes of this Section 8.2 , performance goals shall be limited to one or more of the following Corporation, Subsidiary, operating unit or division financial performance measures:

(i)   earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization;

(ii)   operating income or profit;

(iii)   operating efficiencies;

(iv)   return on equity, assets, capital, capital employed, or investment;

(v)   after tax operating income;

(vi)   net income;

(vii)   earnings or book value per share;

(viii)   cash flow(s);

(ix)   total sales or revenues or sales or revenues per employee;

(x)   production;

(xi)   stock price or total shareholder return;

(xii)   dividends;

(xiii)  
strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets, business expansion goals, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures;

or any combination thereof. Each goal may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, may be based on or otherwise employ comparisons based on internal targets, the past performance of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, operating unit or division of the Corporation and/or the past or current performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to capital, shareholders' equity and/or shares of Stock outstanding, or to assets or net assets.

(b)   With respect to any Covered Officer, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Stock in respect of which all Performance Awards and Stock Options may be granted under Sections 5 and 8.2 of the Plan in each year of the performance period is 450,000, and the maximum amount of the aggregate Performance Awards denominated in cash is $1,000,000 (measured by the Fair Market Value of the maximum Award at the time of grant) in each year of the performance period.

(c)   To the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, with respect to grants of Performance Awards to Covered Officers, no later than 90 days following the commencement of each performance period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals applicable to the performance period, (2) establish the various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such performance period, and (3) specify the relationship between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be earned by each Covered Officer for such performance period. Following the completion of each performance period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved and the amounts, if any, payable to Covered Officers for such performance period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Officer for a given performance period, subject to any applicable Performance Award agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the performance period.

Section 9.   Awards to Outside Directors.

The Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (provided such committee is comprised solely of Outside Directors) may provide that all or a portion of an Outside Director’s annual retainer, meeting fees and/or other awards or compensation as determined by the Board, be payable (either automatically or at the election of the Outside Director) in the form of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and/or Other Stock-Based Awards, including unrestricted Shares.  The Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (provided such committee is comprised solely of Outside Directors) shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Awards, including the terms and conditions which shall apply upon a termination of the Outside Director’s service as a member of the Board, and shall have full power and authority in its discretion to administer such Awards, subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law.

Section 10.   Change in Control Provisions.

In the event of a Change of Control, in addition to any action required or authorized by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take any of the following actions as a result, or in anticipation, of any such event to assure fair and equitable treatment of Participants: (i) accelerate time periods for purposes of vesting in, or realizing gain from, any outstanding Award made pursuant to this Plan and/or extend the time during which an Award may be exercised following a Participant’s termination of employment; (ii) offer to purchase any outstanding Award made pursuant to this Plan from the holder for its equivalent cash value, as determined by the Committee, as of the date of the Change of Control; or (iii) make adjustments or modifications to outstanding Awards as the Committee deems appropriate to maintain and protect the rights and interests of Participants following such Change of Control.  Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, upon a Change in Control, any Outstanding Awards under the Plan not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested.

Section 11.   Amendments and Termination.

        The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of a Participant under an Award theretofore granted, without the Participant's consent or which, without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, would:
 
 
(a)       except as expressly provided in this Plan, increase the total number of shares reserved for the purpose of the Plan;
 
 
(b)       materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan;
 
 
(c)  
materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan; or

(d)  
materially modify the Plan within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards.
 
 
        The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 3 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent. The Committee may also substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options (on a one for one or another basis), provided that, except as provided in Section 3.2, the Committee may not modify any outstanding Stock Option so as to specify a lower exercise price or accept the surrender of an outstanding Stock Option and authorize the granting of a new Stock Option in substitution therefor specifying a lower exercise price. Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have broad authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in applicable securities and tax laws and accounting rules, as well as other developments.

Section 12.                      Unfunded Status of the Plan.

        The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Corporation, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Corporation. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments in lieu of or with respect to Awards hereunder; provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of the affected Participant, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.

Section 13.                      General Provisions.

(a)     The Committee may require each person purchasing shares pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Corporation in writing that the Participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

        All certificates for shares of Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(b)           Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(c)     The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate any right to continued employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

(d)           No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for Federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Corporation, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The Committee may require withholding obligations to be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Corporation under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements and the Corporation and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

(e)           The actual or deemed reinvestment of dividends or dividend equivalents in additional Restricted Stock (or other types of Plan Awards) at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Plan Awards).

(f)           The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

(g)     The members of the Committee and the Board shall not be liable to any employee or other person with respect to any determination made hereunder in a manner that is not inconsistent with their legal obligations as members of the Board. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Corporation against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any option granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Corporation) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee member is liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties; provided that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, the Committee member shall in writing offer the Corporation the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.

(h)     In addition to any other restrictions on transfer that may be applicable under the terms of this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, no Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock award, or Other Stock-Based Award or other right issued under this Plan is transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined under the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The designation of a beneficiary will not constitute a transfer.

Section 14.                        Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

       No Award (or modification thereof) shall provide for deferral of compensation that does not comply with Section 409A of the Code unless the Committee, at the time of grant, specifically provides that the Award is not intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if one or more of the payments or benefits received or to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award would cause the Participant to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code, the Committee may reform such provision to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 15.                      Effective Date of Plan.

The original effective date of the Plan was February 2, 2007. The Plan was most recently amended by the Committee on February 28, 2013.

Section 16.                      Term of Plan.

        No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after February 2, 2017, but Awards granted prior to February 2, 2017 may be extended beyond that date.




Exhibit 10.28
HEALTHWAYS, INC.
2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into on GRANT DATE (the “Grant Date”), by and between HEALTHWAYS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation") including its subsidiary corporations, and PARTICIPANT NAME (the "Colleague").
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to afford the Colleague an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share ("Common Stock") of the Corporation, in accordance with the provisions of Healthways 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Plan").
 
NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.             Grant of Option .  Corporation hereby grants to the Colleague the option (the "Option"), exercisable in whole or in part to purchase NUMBER OF SHARES shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, for a price of GRANT PRICE per share.
 
2.             Option Plan .  The Option is granted as a non-qualified stock option under the Plan, and is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, as that term is used in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  This means that, at the time the Colleague exercises all or any portion of the Option, the Colleague will have taxable income equal to any positive difference between the market value of the Common Stock at the date of the exercise and the option exercise price paid for the Common Stock under the Option as shown in Section 1 of this Agreement.
 
The Colleague hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof, which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.  The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, and in the case of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.  Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Plan.
 
3.             Timing of Exercise .  The Colleague may exercise the Option with respect to the percentage of shares set forth below from and after the dates specified below:
 
Percentage Vested
 
 
Date of Vesting
25%
50%
75%
100%
 
One Year from Grant Date
Two Years from Grant Date
Three Years from Grant Date
Four Years from Grant Date

The Option will expire ten (10) years from the Grant Date.
 
4.             Manner of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercised by the Colleague (or other party entitled to exercise the Option under Section 5 of this Agreement) by providing notice to the stock plan administrator of your intent to exercise the stock option, and providing to the stock plan administrator all required information necessary to complete the exercise transaction. Such notice shall not be effective unless accompanied by the full purchase price for all shares so purchased within the timeframe required by the plan administrator. The purchase price shall be payable in cash, personal check (subject to collection), bank draft or such other method as the Committee may determine from time to time.  The purchase price may also be paid by the tender of, by either actual delivery or attestation, Common Stock acceptable to the Committee and valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or through a combination of Common Stock and cash.  The purchase price shall be calculated as the number of shares to be purchased times the option exercise price per share as shown in Section 1 of this Agreement.  The Corporation shall have the right to require the Colleague to remit to the Corporation an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate for such shares, which may be paid as set forth in Section 5.6 of the Plan.
 
5.             Nontransferability of Option .  The Option shall not be transferable by the Colleague otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Colleague's lifetime only by the Colleague.  The terms of the Option shall be binding on the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Colleague.
 
6.             Termination of Employment .
 
(a)             Termination by Death .  If the Colleague's employment by the Corporation terminates by reason of death, the shares subject to the Option granted hereunder not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested upon the Colleague’s death, and the Option may thereafter be exercised by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the Colleague under the will of the Colleague until the expiration of the stated term of the Option.
 
(b)             Termination by Reason of Disability .  If the Colleague's employment by the Corporation terminates by reason of Disability, the shares subject to the Option granted hereunder not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested upon the date of such termination of employment and the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Colleague until the expiration of the stated term of the Option.
 
(c)             Retirement.   If the Colleague’s employment by the Corporation terminates by reason of Retirement, as defined in the Plan, the shares subject to the Option granted hereunder not previously exercisable and vested shall continue vesting in accordance with Section 3 and, upon vesting, the Option may be exercised until the expiration of the stated term of the Option.
 
(d)             Other Termination .  If the Colleague's employment by the Corporation is involuntarily terminated for any reason other than death, Disability, or Retirement, or if the Colleague voluntarily terminates employment,   the Option shall thereupon terminate, except that the Option may be exercised by the Colleague, to the extent otherwise then exercisable, for a period of three months from the date of such termination of employment or the expiration of the Option's term, whichever period is the shorter if the involuntary termination is without Cause.  If the Colleague’s employment by the Corporation is terminated for Cause, the Option shall immediately terminate.
 
7.             Restrictions on Purchase and Sale of Shares .  The Corporation shall be obligated to sell or issue shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option only in the event that the shares are at that time effectively registered or otherwise exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("the 1933 Act").  In the event that the shares are not registered under the 1933 Act, the Colleague hereby agrees that, as a further condition to the exercise of the Option, the Colleague (or his successor under Section 5 of this Agreement), if the Corporation so requests, will execute an agreement in form satisfactory to the Corporation in which the Colleague represents that he or she is purchasing the shares for investment purposes, and not with a view to resale or distribution.  The Colleague further agrees that if the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of the Option are not subject to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, such shares shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend.
 
8.             Option Award Subject to Recoupment Policy.   The award of the Option is subject to the Healthways, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy (the "Policy").  The award of the Option, or any amount traceable to the award of the Option, shall be subject to the recoupment obligations described in the Policy.
 
9.             Adjustment.   In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, extraordinary cash dividend, stock dividend, stock split or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation subject to the Option and the price per share of such shares shall be equitably and proportionately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the Plan.
 
10.             Change in Control .  Upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, the shares subject to the Option granted hereunder not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested.
 
11.             No Rights Until Exercise .  The Colleague shall have no rights hereunder as a stockholder with respect to any shares subject to the Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him or her for such shares upon due exercise of the Option.
 
12.             Confidentiality, Non-solicitation and Non-Compete .  It is the interest of all colleagues to protect and preserve the assets of the Corporation. In this regard, in consideration for granting the Option and as conditions of the Colleague’s ability to exercise the Option, the Colleague acknowledges and agrees that:
 
(a)             Confidentiality . In the course of the Colleague's employment, the Colleague will have access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Corporation and its clients.  Accordingly, the Colleague agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Corporation, the Colleague will not, other than in the normal conduct of the Corporation's business affairs, divulge, furnish, publish or use for personal benefit or for the direct or indirect benefit of any other person or business entity, whether or not for monetary gain, any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information of the Corporation or its clients, including without limitation, any information relating to any business methods, marketing and business plans, financial data, systems, customers, suppliers, policies, procedures, techniques or research developed for the benefit of the Corporation or its clients.  Proprietary information includes, but is not limited to, information developed by the Colleague for the Corporation while employed by the Corporation.  The obligations of the Colleague under this paragraph will continue after the Colleague has left the employment of the Corporation.  The Colleague agrees that upon leaving the employment of the Corporation, the Colleague will return to the Corporation all property and confidential information in the Colleague's possession and agrees not to copy or otherwise record in any way such information.
 
(b)   Non-Solicitation .  While employed by the Corporation and for a period of two years thereafter, the Colleague shall not, upon the Colleague's own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly,
 
- hire or solicit to leave the employ of the Corporation any person employed by or under contract as an independent contractor to the Corporation; or
 
- contact, solicit, entice away, or divert any healthcare and/or well-being support services, coaching or management business from any person or entity who is a client or with whom the Corporation was engaged in discussions as a potential client within one year prior to the date of termination of the Colleague.
 
(c)             Non-Compete.   While employed by Corporation and continuing during the period while any amounts are being paid to the Colleague and for a period of 18 months thereafter, the Colleague will not own or be employed by or assist anyone else in the conduct of any business (i) which is in competition with any business conducted by the Corporation or (ii) which the Colleague knows the Corporation was actively evaluating for possible entry, in either case in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which the Corporation is engaged in business or has been engaged in business during the Colleague’s employment by the Corporation, or in such jurisdictions where the Colleague knows the Corporation is actively pursuing business opportunities at the time of the Colleague’s termination of employment with the Corporation; provided that ownership of five percent (5%) or less of the voting stock or other ownership interests of any business entity that is listed on a national securities exchange shall not constitute a violation hereof.
 
In the event the Colleague breaches any provisions of this Section 12, the Option shall immediately expire and may not be exercised, and the Corporation shall be entitled to seek other appropriate remedies it may have available to limit its damages from such breach.
 
13.             Amendment .  Subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan, the Committee may amend the terms of the Option, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 9 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Colleague hereunder without the Colleague's consent.
 
14.             No Right to Continued Employment .  The grant of the Option shall not be construed as giving the Colleague the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation, and the Corporation may at any time dismiss the Colleague from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.
 
15.             Notices .  All notices required to be given under the Option shall be deemed to be received if delivered or mailed as provided for herein, to the parties at the following addresses, or to such other address as either party may provide in writing from time to time.
 
To the Corporation:                                                                Healthways, Inc.
701 Cool Springs Boulevard
Franklin, Tennessee 37067
 
To the Colleague:                                                                 PARTICIPANT NAME
(Colleague name and address)                                              Address on File
 at Healthways

16.             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is, or becomes, or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or the award of the Option, or would disqualify the Plan or the Option under any laws deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Option, and the remainder of the Plan and Option shall remain in full force and effect.
 
17.             Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.
 
18.             Resolution of Disputes.   Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way related to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee.  Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Colleague and the Corporation for all purposes.
 
19.             Successors in Interest .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Corporation.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Colleague’s legal representative and permitted assignees.  All obligations imposed upon the Colleague and all rights granted to the Corporation under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Colleague's heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assignees.
 

 
[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Stock Option Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

HEALTHWAYS, INC.:

/s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Name:           Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Title:    Chief Executive Officer



Grantee: PARTICIPANT NAME

Online Grant Acceptance Satisfies Signature Requirement
























 
 

 

 
Exhibit 10.29
HEALTHWAYS, INC.
2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT


This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated GRANT DATE , is by and between Healthways, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and PARTICIPANT NAME "Grantee"), under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Plan").  Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

Section 1.   Restricted Stock Unit Award .  The Grantee is hereby granted NUMBER OF SHARES restricted stock units (the "Restricted Stock Units").  Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of the Company's Common Stock, $.001 par value (the "Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 2.   Vesting of the Award .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 3 below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest at such times (the "Vesting Date") and in the percentages set forth below, as long as the Grantee is serving as an employee of the Company on the Vesting Date.

Vesting Date
 
Award Percentage of Restricted Stock Units
One Year from Grant Date
Two Years from Grant Date
Three Years from Grant Date
Four Years from Grant Date
 
 
25%
25%
25%
25%
The Company shall issue one share of the Stock to the Grantee for each vested Restricted Stock Unit (the “Distributed Shares”) at the time the Restricted Stock Unit vests.  The Distributed Shares shall be represented by a certificate.

Section 3.   Forfeiture on Termination of Employment .  If the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested prior to the date of termination of Grantee's employment will be forfeited and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that if the Grantee’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of Retirement (as defined in the Plan), the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall not be forfeited and shall continue vesting in accordance with Section 2 , and provided further if the Grantee’s employment by the Company terminates by reason of death or Disability (as defined in the Plan), the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall immediately vest.

Section 4.   Voting Rights and Dividends .  Prior to the Vesting Date, the Grantee shall be credited with dividend equivalents with respect to the Restricted Stock Units   at the time of any payment of dividends to stockholders on shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms set forth in the Plan.  The Grantee shall not have any voting rights with respect to the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the issuance of the shares of Stock as set forth in Section 2 .  A holder of Distributed Shares shall have full dividend and voting rights as a holder of Stock.

Section 5.   Restrictions on Transfer .

5.1.   General Restrictions .  The Restricted Stock Units shall not be transferable by the Grantee (or his or her personal representative or estate) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding on the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Grantee.

5.2.   Change in Control .  All restrictions imposed on the Restricted Stock Units shall expire automatically and the Restricted Stock United granted hereby shall be deemed fully vested upon a Change in Control, as such term is defined in the Plan, and the Company shall issue the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units.

Section 6.   Restrictive Agreement .  As a condition to the receipt of any Distributed Shares, the Grantee (or his or her legal representative or estate or any third party transferee), if the Company so requests, will execute an agreement in form satisfactory to the Company in which the Grantee or such other recipient of the shares represents that he or she is purchasing the shares for investment purposes, and not with a view to resale or distribution.

Section 7.   Restricted Stock Units Award Subject to Recoupment Policy . The award of Restricted Stock Units is subject to the Healthways, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy (the “Policy”).  The award of Restricted Stock Units, or any amount traceable to the award of Restricted Stock Units, shall be subject to the recoupment obligations described in the Policy.

Section 8.   Adjustment .  In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, extraordinary cash dividend, stock dividend, stock split or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement shall be equitably and proportionately adjusted by the Committee in accordance with the Plan.

Section 9.   Tax Withholding .  The Company shall withhold from any distribution of Stock an amount of Stock equal to such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

Section 10.   Governing Provisions .  This Agreement is made under and subject to the provisions of the Plan, and all of the provisions of the Plan are also provisions of this Agreement.  If there is a difference or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.  By signing this Agreement, the Grantee confirms that he or she has received a copy of the Plan.

Section 11.   Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete.   It is in the interest of all colleagues to protect and preserve the assets of the Company. In this regard, in consideration for granting the Restricted Stock Units and as conditions of Grantee’s ability to receive the Distributed Shares, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)   Confidentiality . In the course of Grantee's employment, Grantee will have access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company and its clients.  Accordingly, Grantee agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company, Grantee will not, other than in the normal conduct of the Company's business affairs, divulge, furnish, publish or use for personal benefit or for the direct or indirect benefit of any other person or business entity, whether or not for monetary gain, any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its clients, including without limitation, any information relating to any business methods, marketing and business plans, financial data, systems, customers, suppliers, policies, procedures, techniques or research developed for the benefit of the Company or its clients.  Proprietary information includes, but is not limited to, information developed by the Grantee for the Company while employed by the Company.  The obligations of the Grantee under this paragraph will continue after the Grantee has left the employment of the Company.  Grantee agrees that upon leaving the employment of the Company, Grantee will return to the Company all property and confidential information in the Grantee's possession and agrees not to copy or otherwise record in any way such information.

(b)   Non-Solicitation .  While employed by the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Grantee shall not, upon Grantee's own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly,

- hire or solicit to leave the employ of the Company any person employed by or under contract as an independent contractor to the Company; or

- contact, solicit, entice away, or divert any healthcare and/or well-being support services, coaching or management business from any person or entity who is a client or with whom the Company was engaged in discussions as a potential client within one year prior to the date of termination of Grantee.

(c)   Non-Compete .  While employed by the Company and continuing during the period while any amounts are being paid to Grantee and for a period of 18 months thereafter, Grantee will not own or be employed by or assist anyone else in the conduct of any business (i) which is in competition with any business conducted by the Company or (ii) which Grantee knows the Company was actively evaluating for possible entry, in either case in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which the Company is engaged in business or has been engaged in business during Grantee’s employment by the Company, or in such jurisdictions where Grantee knows the Company is actively pursuing business opportunities at the time of Grantee’s termination of employment with the corporation; provided that ownership of five percent (5%) or less of the voting stock or other ownership interests of any business entity that is listed on a national securities exchange shall not constitute a violation hereof.

In the event Grantee breaches any provisions of this Section 11 , the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately expire, and the Company shall be entitled to seek other appropriate remedies it may have available to limit its damages from such breach.

Section 12.   Miscellaneous .

12.1.   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Grantee concerning the Restricted Stock Units granted hereby, and supersede any prior or contemporaneous negotiations and understandings.  The Company and the Grantee have made no promises, agreements, conditions, or understandings relating to the Restricted Stock Units, either orally or in writing, that are not included in this Agreement or the Plan.

12.2.   Employment .  By establishing the Plan, granting awards under the Plan, and entering into this Agreement, the Company does not give the Grantee any right to continue to be employed by the Company or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in this Agreement or the Plan.

12.3.   Captions .  The captions and section numbers appearing in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience.  They do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the provisions of this Agreement.

12.4.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when signed by the Company and the Grantee will be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed the same Agreement.

12.5.   Notice .  Any notice or communication having to do with this Agreement must be given by personal delivery or by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed, if to the Company, to the principal office of the Company and, if to the Grantee, to the Grantee's address set forth below or any address of which the Grantee subsequently notifies the Company.

To the Grantee:
PARTICIPANT NAME
(Grantee name and address)
Address on File at Healthways

12.6.   Amendment .  Subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan, the Committee may amend the terms of this Agreement, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 8 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Grantee hereunder without the Grantee's consent.

12.7.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed and construed exclusively in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements to be performed in the State of Delaware to the extent it may apply.

12.8.   Validity; Severability .  If, for any reason, any provision hereof shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and effect of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.  If any court determines that any provision of Section 11 or any other provision hereof is unenforceable but has the power to reduce the scope or duration of such provision, as the case may be, such provision, in its reduced form, shall then be enforceable.

12.9.   Successors in Interest .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s legal representative and permitted assignees.  All obligations imposed upon the Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assignees.


[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.


HEALTHWAYS, INC.

By: /s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Name:           Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Title:           Chief Executive Officer



GRANTEE: PARTICIPANT NAME

Online Grant Acceptance Satisfies
Signature Requirement























 
 

 


Exhibit 10.30
HEALTHWAYS, INC.
2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED
PERFORMANCE CASH AWARD AGREEMENT


This PERFORMANCE CASH AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of the GRANT DATE (the “Grant Date”) is by and between Healthways, Inc., a Delaware Company (the “Company”), and PARTICIPANT NAME (the “Grantee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).

Section 1.   Performance Cash Award .  The Grantee is hereby granted the right to receive a cash payment in the amount of $ SHARES GRANTED (the “Cash Payment”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 2.   Performance Cycle .  Subject to the vesting provisions of Section 3 hereof, the Grantee shall be eligible to earn the total Cash Payment granted hereunder as follows: one-third of the total Cash Payment during the fiscal year in which the award was granted (year one), one-third of the total Cash Payment during the following fiscal year (year two) and one-third of the total Cash Payment during the next following fiscal year (year three). Each such fiscal year shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Performance Cycle”.  No later than ninety (90) days following the beginning of each Performance Cycle, the Committee shall establish and direct the Company to communicate to the Grantee (i) one or more performance metrics (each, a “Performance Metric”) which will be used during the applicable Performance Cycle and (ii) the methodology for determining, based upon such Performance Metric(s), whether or not the Grantee earned the applicable portion of the Cash Payment during the applicable Performance Cycle.  Following the conclusion of each Performance Cycle, the Committee shall determine whether or at what level the Performance Metric(s) established for such Performance Cycle has been met and the amount of the Cash Payment, if any, which was earned by the Grantee in respect of such Performance Cycle.  If one or more of the Performance Metric(s) for each Performance Cycle has not been met, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, then the portion of the Cash Payment eligible to be earned during such Performance Cycle will be immediately forfeited and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to that portion of the Cash Payment. The determinations of the Committee under this Section 2 shall be final and conclusive as to the Grantee.

Section 3.   Vesting .

(a)            Vesting Date .  The amount of the Cash Payment earned by the Grantee during each Performance Cycle, if any, (as determined in Section 2 above) shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Vesting Date”); provided the Grantee remains continuously employed with the Company through the Vesting Date.  If prior to the Vesting Date the Grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than as set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement or the Grantee’s employment agreement, then the entire Cash Payment set forth in this Agreement (including amounts earned in a previous Performance Cycle) shall be immediately forfeited and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Cash Payment.

(b)            Accelerated Vesting Event .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee dies while employed by the Company or if the Grantee’s employment is terminated by Disability or Retirement (each an “Accelerated Vesting Event”), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive the amount of the Cash Payment previously earned by the Grantee during any Performance Cycle(s) which ended on or prior to the Accelerated Vesting Event.  For illustrative purposes only, in the event a Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement  during year two (prior to the completion of the Performance Cycle for year two) and the Performance Metrics for the Performance Cycle ending year one were achieved, then the Grantee shall be entitled to receive 1/3 of the Cash Payment based on meeting the Performance Metrics for the Performance Cycle ending year one but shall not be entitled to any Cash Payment for the Performance Cycle ending year two or year three.  The terms of any applicable employment agreement between Grantee and Company shall supersede the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) .

Section 4.   Distribution of the Cash Payment .

(a)           The portion of the Cash Payment which (i) is earned by the Grantee during each Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 2 above and (ii) becomes vested as of the Vesting Date (as determined in Section 3(a) above) shall be distributed to the Grantee within ninety (90) days (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) of the Vesting Date.

(b)           Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event of the occurrence of an Accelerated Vesting Event, the portion of the Cash Payment which (i) is earned during each Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 2 above and (ii) becomes vested due to an Accelerated Vesting Event, shall be distributed to the Grantee between January 1 and March 31 of the year following the year in which the Accelerated Vesting Event occurs.

Section 5.   Tax Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any distribution of the Cash Payment an amount equal to such federal, state or local taxes or as otherwise shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

Section 6.   Change of Control .  Unless the Committee otherwise determines, if before the Vesting Date described in Section 3(a) above or an Accelerated Vesting Event as described in Section 3(b) above, there occurs a Change in Control, the entire amount of the Cash Payment (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited) shall be deemed fully vested and shall be paid to the Grantee at the time of the Change in Control.

Section 7.   No Right to Continued Employment .  This Agreement shall not be construed as giving the Grantee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and, except as expressly set forth herein, the Company may at any time dismiss the Grantee from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

Section 8.   Cash Payment Award Subject to Recoupment Policy . The award of the Cash Payment is subject to the Healthways, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy (the “Policy”).  The award of the Cash Payment, or any amount traceable to the award of the Cash Payment, shall be subject to the recoupment obligations described in the Policy.

Section 9.   Adjustments .  The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in this Agreement, as supplemented by the Performance Metric(s) and methodology communicated to the Grantee annually, in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan and this Agreement; provided, that the circumstances under which such adjustments shall be made to a Covered Employee that would increase the amount of the Cash Payment otherwise earned shall be set forth at the time the relevant Performance Metric is established.

Section 10.   Plan Governs .  The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, and in the case of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Section 11.   Confidentiality, Non-solicitation and Non-Compete.   It is the interest of all Grantees to protect and preserve the assets of the Company. In this regard, in consideration for granting the Grantee the rights hereunder and as conditions of Grantee's receipt of any Cash Payment, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that:

11.1   Confidentiality.   In the course of Grantee's employment, Grantee will have access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company and its clients. Accordingly, Grantee agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company, Grantee will not, other than in the normal conduct of the Company's business affairs, divulge, furnish, publish or use for personal benefit or for the direct or indirect benefit of any other person or business entity, whether or not for monetary gain, any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its clients, including without limitation, any information relating to any business methods, marketing and business plans, financial data, systems, customers, suppliers, policies, procedures, techniques or research developed for the benefit of the Company or its clients. Proprietary information includes, but is not limited to, information developed by the Grantee for the Company while employed by the Company. The obligations of the Grantee under this paragraph will continue after the Grantee has left the employment of the Company. Grantee agrees that upon leaving the employment of the Company, Grantee will return to the Company all property and confidential information in the Grantee's possession and agrees not to copy or otherwise record in any way such information.

11.2   Non-Solicitation.   While employed by the Company and for a period of two years thereafter, Grantee shall not, upon Grantee's own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly, (a) hire or solicit to leave the employ of the Company any person employed by or under contract as an independent contractor to the Company; or (b) contact, solicit, entice away, or divert any healthcare and/or well-being support services, coaching or management business from any person or entity who is a client or with whom the Company was engaged in discussions as a potential client within one year prior to the date of termination of Grantee.

11.3   Non-Compete.   While employed by Company and continuing during the period while any amounts are being paid to Grantee and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, the Grantee will not own or be employed by or assist anyone else in the conduct of any business (i) which is in competition with any business conducted by the Company or (ii) which Grantee knows the Company was actively evaluating for possible entry, in either case in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which the Company is engaged in business or has been engaged in business during Grantee’s employment by the Company, or in such jurisdictions where Grantee knows the Company is actively pursuing business opportunities at the time of Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; provided that ownership of five percent (5%) or less of the voting stock or otherwise ownership interests of any business entity that is listed on a national securities exchange shall not constitute a violation hereof.

In the event Grantee breaches any provisions of this Section 11 , this Agreement shall immediately expire, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to the Cash Payment, and the Company shall be entitled to seek other appropriate remedies it may have available to limit its damages from such breach.

Section 12.   Repayment of Certain Amounts . If any of the Company's financial statements are required to be restated, resulting from errors, omissions, or fraud, and if, as a result, it is determined that any Cash Payment paid to Grantee as described above was greater than the amount that should otherwise have been accrued and payable hereunder (the excess an “Excess Payment”), then the Company shall be entitled to recover the Excess Payment, if any.

Section 13.   Miscellaneous .

13.1   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Plan, as supplemented by the Performance Metric(s) and methodology communicated to the Grantee annually, contain the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Grantee concerning the Cash Payment granted hereby, and supersede any prior or contemporaneous negotiations and understandings.  The Company and the Grantee have made no promises, agreements, conditions, or understandings relating to the Cash Payment, either orally or in writing, that are not included in this Agreement or the Plan.

13.2.   Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is, or becomes, or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or the award of the Cash Payment, or would disqualify the Plan or the Cash Payment under any laws deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Cash Payment, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Cash Payment, and the remainder of the Plan and Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3   Captions .  The captions and section numbers appearing in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience.  They do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.4   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when signed by the Company and the Grantee will be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed the same Agreement.

13.5   Notice .  All notices required to be given with respect to the Cash Payment shall be deemed to be received if delivered or mailed as provided for herein, to the parties at the following addresses, or to such other address as either party may provide in writing from time to time.


To the Company:
 
Healthways, Inc.
701 Cool Springs Boulevard
Franklin, Tennessee 37067
     
To the Grantee
(Grantee name and address)
   
PARTICIPANT NAME 
Address on File
 At Healthways
 
 
 
 
 

13.6   Amendment .  Subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan, the Committee may amend the terms of this Agreement, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 9 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Grantee hereunder without the Grantee's consent.

13.7   Successors in Interest .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s legal representative and permitted assignees.  All obligations imposed upon the Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Grantee's heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assignees.

13.8   Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

13.9.   Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way related to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

13.10.            No Guarantee of Favorable Tax Treatment .  Although the Company intends to administer this Agreement so that any Cash Payments will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company does not warrant that any Cash Payments made under this Agreement will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign law.  The Company shall not be liable to the Grantee for any tax, interest, or penalties that Grantee might owe as a result of any Cash Payments made under this Agreement.

13.11.   Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A .  It is intended that the Cash Payment eligible to be made under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code, including those provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date the Grantee’s employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Grantee is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Grantee pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement, then such payment shall be delayed until the date that is six (6) months after the date of the Grantee’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section 13.11 shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Grantee’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death.



 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

HEALTHWAYS, INC.

By: /s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Name: Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer

GRANTEE: PARTICIPANT NAME

Online Grant Acceptance Satisfies
Signature Requirement




























 


 
 

 


Exhibit 10.31
HEALTHWAYS, INC.
2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED
PERFORMANCE CASH AWARD AGREEMENT


This PERFORMANCE CASH AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of the GRANT DATE (the “Grant Date”) is by and between Healthways, Inc., a Delaware Company (the “Company”), and PARTICIPANT NAME (the “Grantee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).

Section 1.   Performance Cash Award .  The Grantee is hereby granted the right to receive a cash payment in the amount of $ SHARES GRANTED  (the “Cash Payment”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

Section 2.   Performance Cycle .  Subject to the vesting provisions of Section 3 hereof, the Grantee shall be eligible to earn the total Cash Payment granted hereunder as follows: one-third of the total Cash Payment during the fiscal year in which the award was granted (year one), one-third of the total Cash Payment during the following fiscal year (year two) and one-third of the total Cash Payment during the next following fiscal year (year three). The first fiscal year of any grant shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Performance Cycle”.  No later than ninety (90) days following the beginning of the Performance Cycle, the Committee shall establish and direct the Company to communicate to the Grantee (i) one or more performance metrics (each, a “Performance Metric”) which will be used during the Performance Cycle and (ii) the methodology for determining, based upon such Performance Metric(s), whether or not the Grantee earned the Cash Payment during the Performance Cycle.  Following the conclusion of the Performance Cycle, the Committee shall determine whether or at what level the Performance Metric(s) established for the Performance Cycle has been met and the amount of the Cash Payment, if any, which was earned by the Grantee in respect to the Performance Cycle.  If one or more of the Performance Metric(s) for the Performance Cycle has not been met, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, then the Cash Payment eligible to be earned during the Performance Cycle will be immediately forfeited and the Grantee shall have no further rights to the Cash Payment. The determinations of the Committee under this Section 2 shall be final and conclusive as to the Grantee.

Section 3.   Vesting .

(a)            Vesting Date .  The amount of the Cash Payment earned by the Grantee during the Performance Cycle, if any, (as determined in Section 2 above) shall vest ratably on the first, second, and third anniversary of the Grant Date (each a “Vesting Date”); provided the Grantee remains continuously employed with the Company through each Vesting Date.  If prior to any Vesting Date the Grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than as set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement or the Grantee’s employment agreement, then the earned but not vested Cash Payment set forth in this Agreement (including amounts earned in a previous Performance Cycle) shall be immediately forfeited and the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Cash Payment.

(b)            Accelerated Vesting Event .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Grantee dies while employed by the Company or if the Grantee’s employment is terminated by Disability or Retirement (each an “Accelerated Vesting Event”), the Grantee shall be entitled to receive the amount of the Cash Payment previously earned by the Grantee during any Performance Cycle(s) which ended on or prior to the Accelerated Vesting Event.  For illustrative purposes only, in the event a Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement during year two and the Performance Metrics for the Performance Cycle were achieved, then the Grantee shall be entitled to receive the Cash Payment earned based on meeting the Performance Metrics for the Performance Cycle. The terms of any applicable employment agreement between Grantee and Company shall supersede the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b).

Section 4.   Distribution of the Cash Payment .

(a)           The portion of the Cash Payment which (i) is earned by the Grantee during the Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 2 above and (ii) becomes vested as of each Vesting Date (as determined in Section 3(a) above) shall be distributed to the Grantee within ninety (90) days (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) of the Vesting Date.

(b)           Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event of the occurrence of an Accelerated Vesting Event, the portion of the Cash Payment which (i) is earned during the Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 2 above and (ii) becomes vested due to an Accelerated Vesting Event, shall be distributed to the Grantee between January 1 and March 31 of the year following the year in which the Accelerated Vesting Event occurs.

Section 5.   Tax Withholding .  The Company may withhold from any distribution of the Cash Payment an amount equal to such federal, state or local taxes or as otherwise shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

Section 6.   Change of Control .  Unless the Committee otherwise determines, if before the Vesting Date described in Section 3(a) above or an Accelerated Vesting Event as described in Section 3(b) above, there occurs a Change in Control, the entire amount of the Cash Payment (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited) shall be deemed fully vested and shall be paid to the Grantee at the time of the Change in Control.

Section 7.   No Right to Continued Employment .  This Agreement shall not be construed as giving the Grantee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, and, except as expressly set forth herein, the Company may at any time dismiss the Grantee from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

Section 8.   Cash Payment Award Subject to Recoupment Policy . The award of the Cash Payment is subject to the Healthways, Inc. Compensation Recoupment Policy (the “Policy”).  The award of the Cash Payment, or any amount traceable to the award of the Cash Payment, shall be subject to the recoupment obligations described in the Policy.

Section 9.   Adjustments .  The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in this Agreement, as supplemented by the Performance Metric(s) and methodology communicated to the Grantee annually, in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan and this Agreement; provided, that the circumstances under which such adjustments shall be made to a Covered Employee that would increase the amount of the Cash Payment otherwise earned shall be set forth at the time the relevant Performance Metric is established.

Section 10.   Plan Governs .  The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, and in the case of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Section 11.   Confidentiality, Non-solicitation and Non-Compete.   It is the interest of all Grantees to protect and preserve the assets of the Company. In this regard, in consideration for granting the Grantee the rights hereunder and as conditions of Grantee's receipt of any Cash Payment, Grantee acknowledges and agrees that:

11.1   Confidentiality.   In the course of Grantee's employment, Grantee will have access to trade secrets and other confidential information of the Company and its clients. Accordingly, Grantee agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Company, Grantee will not, other than in the normal conduct of the Company's business affairs, divulge, furnish, publish or use for personal benefit or for the direct or indirect benefit of any other person or business entity, whether or not for monetary gain, any trade secrets or confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its clients, including without limitation, any information relating to any business methods, marketing and business plans, financial data, systems, customers, suppliers, policies, procedures, techniques or research developed for the benefit of the Company or its clients. Proprietary information includes, but is not limited to, information developed by the Grantee for the Company while employed by the Company. The obligations of the Grantee under this paragraph will continue after the Grantee has left the employment of the Company. Grantee agrees that upon leaving the employment of the Company, Grantee will return to the Company all property and confidential information in the Grantee's possession and agrees not to copy or otherwise record in any way such information.

11.2   Non-Solicitation.   While employed by the Company and for a period of one year thereafter, Grantee shall not, upon Grantee's own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly, (a) hire or solicit to leave the employ of the Company any person employed by or under contract as an independent contractor to the Company; or (b) contact, solicit, entice away, or divert any business provided by the Company from any person or entity who is a client or with whom the Company was engaged in discussions as a potential client within one year prior to the date of termination of Grantee.

11.3   Non-Compete.   While employed by Company and continuing during the period while any amounts are being paid to Grantee and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, the Grantee will not own or be employed by or assist anyone else in the conduct of any business (i) which is in competition with any business conducted by the Company or (ii) which Grantee knows the Company was actively evaluating for possible entry, in either case in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which the Company is engaged in business or has been engaged in business during Grantee’s employment by the Company, or in such jurisdictions where Grantee knows the Company is actively pursuing business opportunities at the time of Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; provided that ownership of five percent (5%) or less of the voting stock of any public company shall not constitute a violation hereof.  The terms of any applicable employment agreement between Grantee and Company shall supersede the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11.3.

In the event Grantee breaches any provisions of this Section 11 , this Agreement shall immediately expire, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to the Cash Payment, and the Company shall be entitled to seek other appropriate remedies it may have available to limit its damages from such breach.

Section 12.   Repayment of Certain Amounts . If any of the Company's financial statements are required to be restated, resulting from errors, omissions, or fraud, and if, as a result, it is determined that any Cash Payment paid to Grantee as described above was greater than the amount that should otherwise have been accrued and payable hereunder (the excess an “Excess Payment”), then the Company shall be entitled to recover the Excess Payment, if any.

Section 13.   Miscellaneous .

13.1   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Plan, as supplemented by the Performance Metric(s) and methodology communicated to the Grantee annually, contain the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Grantee concerning the Cash Payment granted hereby, and supersede any prior or contemporaneous negotiations and understandings.  The Company and the Grantee have made no promises, agreements, conditions, or understandings relating to the Cash Payment, either orally or in writing, that are not included in this Agreement or the Plan.

13.2.   Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is, or becomes, or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or the award of the Cash Payment, or would disqualify the Plan or the Cash Payment under any laws deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Cash Payment, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Cash Payment, and the remainder of the Plan and Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

13.3   Captions .  The captions and section numbers appearing in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience.  They do not define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of the provisions of this Agreement.

13.4   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when signed by the Company and the Grantee will be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed the same Agreement.

13.5   Notice .  All notices required to be given with respect to the Cash Payment shall be deemed to be received if delivered or mailed as provided for herein, to the parties at the following addresses, or to such other address as either party may provide in writing from time to time.


To the Company:
 
Healthways, Inc.
701 Cool Springs Boulevard
Franklin, Tennessee 37067
     
To the Grantee
(Grantee name and address)
   
PARTICIPANT NAME 
Address on File
 At Healthways
 
 
 
 
 

13.6   Amendment .  Subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan, the Committee may amend the terms of this Agreement, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 9 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of the Grantee hereunder without the Grantee's consent.

13.7   Successors in Interest .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor to the Company.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Grantee’s legal representative and permitted assignees.  All obligations imposed upon the Grantee and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be binding upon the Grantee's heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assignees.

13.8   Governing Law .  The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

13.9.   Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute or disagreement which may arise under, or as a result of, or in any way related to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee. Any determination made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Grantee and the Company for all purposes.

13.10.            No Guarantee of Favorable Tax Treatment .  Although the Company intends to administer this Agreement so that any Cash Payments will be exempt from, or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company does not warrant that any Cash Payments made under this Agreement will qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal, state, local or foreign law.  The Company shall not be liable to the Grantee for any tax, interest, or penalties that Grantee might owe as a result of any Cash Payments made under this Agreement.

13.11.   Delay of Payments Pursuant to Section 409A .  It is intended that the Cash Payment eligible to be made under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code, including those provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date the Grantee’s employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, the Grantee is a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to the Grantee pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement, then such payment shall be delayed until the date that is six (6) months after the date of the Grantee’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company, or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death.  Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section 12.12 shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Grantee’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)), or, if earlier, the date of the Grantee’s death.



 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

HEALTHWAYS, INC.

By: /s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Name: Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer

GRANTEE: PARTICIPANT NAME

Online Grant Acceptance Satisfies
Signature Requirement






























 
 

 


Exhibit 21


SUBSIDIARY LIST
AS OF MARCH 15, 2013


 
 
 
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
 
STATE OR
JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION
 
 
 
OWNED BY
 
 
OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE
         
American Healthways Services, LLC
 
DE
Healthways, Inc.
100%
         
American Healthways Government Services, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways, Inc.
100%
         
Healthways International, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways, Inc.
100%
         
CareSteps.com, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways, Inc.
100%
         
Axonal Information Solutions, Inc
 
DE
CareSteps.com, Inc.
100%
         
Clinical Decision Support, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
DIGOP, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
StatusOne Health Systems, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Population Health Support, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Healthways Health Support, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
MeYou Health, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Health Honors, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Healthways Hawaii, LLC
 
DE
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Navvis Healthcare, LLC
 
MO
American Healthways Services, LLC
100%
         
Healthways Wholehealth Networks, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways Health Support, LLC
100%
         
Healthways HealthTrends, LLC
 
DE
Healthways Health Support, LLC
100%
         
Healthways QuitNet, LLC
 
DE
Healthways Health Support, LLC
100%
         
Healthcare Dimensions PR, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways Health Support, LLC
100%
         
WholeHealthMD.com, LLC
 
DE
Healthways Health Support, LLC
100%
         
American WholeHealth Networks IPA of New York, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways WholeHealth Networks, Inc.
100%
         
Healthways WholeHealth Networks - Northeast, Inc.
 
DE
Healthways WholeHealth Networks, Inc.
100%
         
Alignis of New York, Inc.
 
NY
Healthways WholeHealth Networks - Northeast, Inc.
100%
         
AlignisOne of New York IPA, Inc.
 
NY
Healthways WholeHealth Networks - Northeast, Inc.
100%
         
AlignisOne of New Jersey, Inc.
 
NJ
Healthways WholeHealth Networks - Northeast, Inc.
100%
         
Healthways Inte rnational, S.a.ŕ.l.
 
Luxembourg
Healthways International, Inc.
100%
         
Healthways International, LTD
 
United Kingdom
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l
100%
         
Healthways International, GmbH
 
Germany
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l.
100%
         
Healthways Australia PTY LTD
 
Australia
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l.
100%
         
Healthways SAS
 
France
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l.
100%
         
Healthways Brasil Servicos de Consultoria Ltda.
 
Brazil
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l.
100%
         
Healthways Wellness Services Private Limited
 
India
Healthways International, S.a.ŕ.l.
100%
         
Navvis Consulting, LLC
 
MO
Navvis Healthcare, LLC
100%
         
The Strategy Group, LLC   VA Navvis Healthcare, LLC   100%
       
 
Ascentia Health Care Solutions, L.L.C.
 
DE
Navvis Healthcare, LLC
100%
         



Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

1.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-167818) pertaining to the Healthways, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan,

2.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-140950) pertaining to the Healthways, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan,

3.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-122881) pertaining to the American Healthways, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,

4.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-113149) pertaining to the American Healthways, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,

5.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-103510) pertaining to the American Healthways, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,

6.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-70948) pertaining to the American Healthways, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan for New Employees,

7.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-33336) pertaining to the American Healthways, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, and

8.  
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-04615) pertaining to the American Healthcorp, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan;

of our reports dated March 15, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Healthways, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Healthways, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 15, 2013


Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION

I, Ben R. Leedle, Jr., certify that:

1.           I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Healthways, Inc.;

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.           The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.           The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date:    March 15, 2013

 
/s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
 
 
Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 


Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION

I, Alfred Lumsdaine, certify that:

1.           I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Healthways, Inc.;

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.           The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.           The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2013

 
/s/ Alfred Lumsdaine
 
 
Alfred Lumsdaine
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 



Exhibit 32



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Healthways, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Ben R. Leedle, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Alfred Lumsdaine, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

         (1)      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

         (2)      The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Ben R. Leedle, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer
March 15, 2013



/s/ Alfred Lumsdaine
Alfred Lumsdaine
Chief Financial Officer
March 15, 2013